JVC TH A35 A35[UG] User Manual LVT1009 009A
User Manual: JVC TH-A35 TH-A35 English, Arabic,
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 126
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
DVD DIGITAL CINEMA SYSTEM
TH-A35
Consists of XV-THA35 and SP-THA35
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
7
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
COMPACT
SUPER VIDEO
CHOICE
D I G I T A L
SURROUND
D I G I T A L • E X
P R O L O G I C
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
VOLUME
SLOW
STANDBY
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
ZOOM
PHONES
STANDBY/ON
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
SURROUND
D V D
D I G I TA L
C I N E M A
S Y S T E M
T H - A 3 5
SLEEP
SOURCE
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
SURROUND
DSP
INSTRUCTIONS
For Customer Use:
Enter below the Model No. and Serial
No. which are located either on the rear,
bottom or side of the cabinet. Retain this
information for future reference.
Model No.
Serial No.
LVT1009-009A
[UG]
TH-A35[UG]cover.pm6
1
03.5.19, 2:46 PM
Warnings, Cautions and Others /
Caution –– STANDBY/ON
switch!
Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely. The
STANDBY/ON
switch in any position does not disconnect the
mains line. The power can be remote controlled.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:
1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.
2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
CAUTION
• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to
get out.)
• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as
lighted candles, on the apparatus.
• When discarding batteries, environmental problems
must be considered and local rules or laws governing
the disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.
• Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture,
dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with
liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the
apparatus.
G-1
TH-A35[UG]safety.pm6
1
03.5.19, 2:47 PM
English
Caution: Proper Ventilation
To avoid risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from damage.
Locate the apparatus as follows:
Front:
No obstructions open spacing.
Sides:
No obstructions in 10 cm from the sides.
Top:
No obstructions in 10 cm from the top.
Back:
No obstructions in 15 cm from the back
Bottom:
No obstructions, place on the level surface.
In addition, maintain the best possible air circulation as illustrated.
Spacing 15 cm or more
XV-THA35
Wall or obstructions
Front
Stand height 15 cm or more
Floor
G-2
TH-A35[UG]safety.pm6
2
03.5.19, 2:47 PM
IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS /
REPRODUCTION OF LABELS /
1 CLASSIFICATION LABEL, PLACED ON EXTERIOR
SURFACE
2 WARNING LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE UNIT
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
KLASSE 1 LASER PRODUKT
LUOKAN 1 LASER LAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
PRODUCTO LASER CLASE 1
1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
2. CAUTION: Invisible laser radiation when open
and interlock failed or defeated. Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
3. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There
are no user serviceable parts inside the unit;
leave all servicing to qualified service personnel.
G-3
TH-A35[UG]safety.pm6
3
03.5.19, 2:47 PM
Parts Identification ...................................... 2
Before Installation ...................................................................... 4
Checking the Supplied Accessories ........................................... 4
Adjusting the Voltage Selector ................................................... 4
Putting Batteries in the Remote Control .................................... 4
Connecting the FM and AM Antennas ....................................... 5
Speaker Layout Diagram ............................................................ 6
Connecting the Speakers ............................................................ 7
Connecting Audio/Video Component ........................................ 8
Disc Menu-Driven Playback .................................................... 28
Moving to a Particular Portion Directly ................................... 28
Searching for a Particular Point ............................................... 29
Repeating Playback .................................................................. 29
7 Repeat Play ........................................................................... 29
7 A–B Repeat ........................................................................... 29
Playing Back Chapters in Random Order—Shuffle Play ........ 30
Programming the Playing Order of the Chapters
—Program Play .................................................................. 31
DVD Special Effect Playback .................................................. 32
7 Still Picture/Frame-by-Frame Playback ............................... 32
7 Slow Motion Playback ......................................................... 33
7 Zoom .................................................................................... 33
TV Setting ................................................ 10
VCD/CD Playback ...................................... 34
Changing the Color System ..................................................... 10
Changing the Scanning Mode .................................................. 10
Adjusting the Pictures .............................................................. 11
Showing the On-Screen Menu ................................................. 34
Showing the Information on the TV Screen ............................. 34
Disc Menu-Driven Playback (Only for VCD) .......................... 35
Selecting Playback Channel ..................................................... 35
Moving to a Particular Portion Directly ................................... 35
Searching for a Particular Point ............................................... 36
Repeating Playback .................................................................. 36
7 Repeat Play ........................................................................... 36
7 A–B Repeat ........................................................................... 37
Playing Back Tracks in Random Order—Shuffle Play ............ 37
Programming the Playing Order of the Tracks
—Program Play .................................................................. 38
VCD Special Effect Playback .................................................. 39
7 Still Picture/Frame-by-Frame Playback ............................... 39
7 Slow Motion Playback ......................................................... 39
7 Zoom .................................................................................... 39
Center Unit ................................................................................. 2
Remote Control .......................................................................... 3
Getting Started ........................................... 4
Basic DVD Operations ................................ 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Turn On the Power ............................................................... 12
Select the Source .................................................................. 12
Load a DVD ......................................................................... 12
Start Playback ...................................................................... 12
Adjust the Volume ................................................................ 12
Activate Surround or DSP Mode ......................................... 13
Stop Playback ...................................................................... 13
Basic VCD/CD Operations .......................... 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Turn On the Power ............................................................... 14
Select the Source .................................................................. 14
Load a VCD/CD .................................................................. 14
Start Playback ...................................................................... 14
Adjust the Volume ................................................................ 14
Activate Surround or DSP Mode ......................................... 15
Stop Playback ...................................................................... 15
Basic Tuner Operations .............................. 16
1
2
3
4
5
Turn On the Power ............................................................... 16
Select the Band .................................................................... 16
Adjust the Volume ................................................................ 16
Tune into a Station ............................................................... 16
Activate Surround or DSP Mode ......................................... 17
Other Basic Operations .............................. 18
Enjoying Sounds from the External Component ..................... 18
Listening with the Headphones ................................................ 19
Adjusting the Brightness .......................................................... 19
Turning Off the Power with the Timer ..................................... 20
Creating Realistic Sound Fields ................... 21
7 Dolby Surround .................................................................... 21
7 Dolby Digital ........................................................................ 21
7 DTS Digital Surround .......................................................... 21
7 DSP (Digital Signal Processor) Modes ................................ 22
Activating the Surround Mode ................................................. 22
Adjusting the Sound ................................................................. 23
MP3 Playback ........................................... 40
Starting Playback ..................................................................... 41
Operations Using the On-Screen Display ................................ 42
Moving to a Particular Track Directly ...................................... 42
Programming the Playing Order of the Tracks
—Program Play .................................................................. 42
JPEG Playback .......................................... 44
Loading the Disc ...................................................................... 44
Operations Using the On-Screen Display ................................ 45
Moving to a Particular File Directly ........................................ 46
Programming the Playing Order of the Files
—Program Play .................................................................. 46
Tuner Operations ....................................... 48
Setting the AM Tuner Interval Spacing .................................... 48
Tuning in Stations .................................................................... 48
Using Preset Tuning ................................................................. 49
Selecting the FM Reception Mode ........................................... 49
Setting up the DVD Preferences ................. 50
Disc Introduction—DVD/VCD/CD ................ 24
Using the Choice Menus .......................................................... 50
Language Menu ........................................................................ 51
Picture Menu ............................................................................ 52
Audio Menu ............................................................................. 53
Setting Menu ............................................................................ 53
Setting the Parental (Rating) Level .......................................... 55
Basic Disc Operations ................................ 25
Operating JVC’s Components ...................... 56
DVD Playback ........................................... 26
Operating Other Manufacturers’ TV ............ 57
Showing the On-Screen Menu ................................................. 26
Showing the Information on the TV Screen ............................. 26
Selecting the Subtitles .............................................................. 27
Selecting the Audio Languages ................................................ 27
Selecting the Multi-Angle Views ............................................. 27
Maintenance ............................................. 58
Troubleshooting ......................................... 59
Specifications ............................................ 60
1
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
1
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
Table of Contents
English
Parts Identification
Center Unit
Front Panel
1
4
3
2
6
5
7
VOLUME
STANDBY
PHONES
STANDBY/ON
D V D
D I G I TA L
C I N E M A
S Y S T E M
8
9
SOURCE
SURROUND
DSP
p
q
w
See pages in the parentheses for details.
Front Panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 3/8, 7, 4, and ¢ buttons
• Pressing 3/8 also turns on the power and changes the
source to the DVD player.
p SOURCE button (12, 14, 16, 18, 48)
q SURROUND button (13, 15, 17, 19, 22)
w DSP button (13, 15, 17, 19, 22)
STANDBY/ON
button and STANDBY lamp (12 – 17)
Disc tray (12, 14)
Illumination lamp
Display window
VOLUME control (12, 14, 16)
Remote sensor
PHONES jack (19)
0 (open/close) button (12 – 15, 25, 41)
• Pressing this button also turns on the power and
changes the source to the DVD player.
Display Window
2
1
L
LS
C
S
R
3
P–SCAN
RS
4
8
3
5
6
7
8
9
p
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG
e
3
REPEAT 1 A–B
DIGITAL
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
w
q
kHz
MHz
r
See pages in the parentheses for details.
Display Window
1 Audio channel indicators
• Indicates audio channels currently source signal.
2 P-SCAN indicator (11)
3 Disc indicators (25)
• DVD, CD, VCD, and MP3
4 Playback indicators
• 3 (play) and 8 (pause)
5 TITLE indicator (25)
6 TRK (track) indicator (25)
7 TUNED indicator (16, 48)
8 CHP (chapter) indicator (25)
9 PROG (program) indicator (31, 38)
p Repeat mode indicators (29, 30, 36, 37)
• REPEAT, 1, and A–B
q Sleep indicator (20)
w Sound signal indicators (21, 22)
•
DIGITAL,
PRO LOGIC II, and DTS
e STEREO indicator (49)
r Main display
t Frequency unit indicators
• MHz (for FM station) and kHz (for AM station)
2
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
2
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
t
English
Remote Control
See pages in the parentheses for details.
Remote Control
1
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
2
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
3
5
6
TEST
7
5
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
6
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
4
4
REAR-R
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
u
i
o
;
a
s
7
TOP
MENU
MENU
d
8
9
ENTER
f
p
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
q
w
e
r
t
y
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
g
h
j
k
l
1 STANDBY/ON buttons
• TV
button (12, 14, 56, 57)
button (56)
• VCR
button (12 – 17)
• AUDIO
2 SOUND button (23)
3 • Number buttons (25, 28, 30, 35, 38, 42, 43, 46, 47, 49, 55–57)
• CLEAR button (28, 32, 35, 39, 52)
• Sound setting buttons (23)
CENTER + and – buttons
SUBWOOFER + and – buttons
REAR-L + and – buttons
REAR-R + and – buttons
TEST button
SETTING button
4 Source selecting buttons (10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 23, 48, 49)
• DVD, FM/AM, AUX
• Pressing one of these buttons also turns on the power.
5 CONTROL buttons
• TV CONTROL button (56, 57)
• VCR CONTROL button (56)
6 TV VOL + and – buttons (56, 57)
7 AUDIO VOL + and – buttons (12, 14, 16, 18)
8 TOP MENU button (28)
9 Menu operation buttons
• cursor 3, 2, 5, and ∞ buttons
• ENTER button
p CHOICE button (11, 50–54)
q 7, 3, and 8 buttons
w 4 and ¢ buttons (25, 35, 41, 43, 45, 47, 56)
TUNING UP and DOWN buttons (16, 48)
e AUDIO button (27, 35)
r SUB TITLE button (27)
t RETURN button (35)
y DIMMER button (19)
SLEEP button (20)
u FM MODE button (49)
i PROGRESSIVE button (11)
o SEARCH button (28, 35)
; TV/VIDEO button (56, 57)
a REC/MEMORY button (10, 49, 56)
s MUTING button (13, 15, 16, 18)
d MENU button (28, 35)
f ON SCREEN button (26, 29–32, 34, 36–39)
g 1 and ¡ buttons (29, 33, 36, 39, 49, 56, 57)
SLOW + and – buttons (33, 39)
h ZOOM button (33, 39, 45, 47)
j ANGLE button (27)
k SURROUND button (13, 15, 17, 19, 22)
l DSP button (13, 15, 17, 19, 22)
3
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
3
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
Getting Started
Before Installation
General Precautions
• DO NOT insert any metal object into the center unit.
• DO NOT disassemble the center unit or remove screws, covers, or
cabinet.
• DO NOT expose the center unit to rain or moisture.
Putting Batteries in the Remote Control
Before using the remote control, put two supplied batteries first.
• When using the remote control, aim the remote control directly at
the remote sensor on the center unit.
1. On the back of the remote control, remove the
battery cover.
Locations
• Install the center unit in a location that is level and protected from
moisture.
• The temperature around the center unit must be between 5˚C and
35˚C.
• Make sure there is good ventilation around the center unit. Poor
ventilation could cause overheating and damage the center unit.
Handling the center unit
• DO NOT touch the power cord with wet hands.
• DO NOT pull on the power cord to unplug the cord. When
unplugging the cord, always grasp the plug so as not to damage
the cord.
• Keep the power cord away from the connecting cords and the
antennas. The power cord may cause noise or screen interference.
It is recommended to use a coaxial cable for antenna connection,
since it is well-shielded against interference.
• When a power failure occurs, or when you unplug the power cord,
the preset settings such as preset FM/AM channels and sound
adjustments may be erased in a few days.
2. Insert batteries. Make sure to match the polarity:
(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).
3. Replace the cover.
Checking the Supplied Accessories
Check to be sure you have all of the following supplied accessories.
The number in the parentheses indicates the quantity of the pieces
supplied.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remote Control (1)
Batteries (2)
AM Loop Antenna (1)
FM Antenna (1)
Video cord (1)
AC Plug Adaptor (1)
Speaker cords
6 m (4)*: For left front speaker, right front speaker, center
speaker, and subwoofer
10 m (2)*: For left rear speaker and right rear speaker
* The lengths of the speaker cords above are approximate.
If anything is missing, contact your dealer immediately.
If the range or effectiveness of the remote control decreases, replace
the batteries. Use two R6P (SUM-3)/AA(15F) type dry-cell
batteries.
CAUTION:
Follow these precautions to avoid leaking or cracking cells:
• Place batteries in the remote control so they match the polarity: (+)
to (+) and (–) to (–).
• Use the correct type of batteries. Batteries that look similar may
differ in voltage.
• Always replace both batteries at the same time.
• Do not expose batteries to heat or flame.
Adjusting the Voltage Selector
Before connections, always do the following first if necessary.
Set the correct voltage for your area with the voltage selector switch
on the rear panel. Slide the voltage selector using a screw driver, so
the voltage number the voltage mark is set at is the same as the
voltage where you are plugging in the system.
4
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
4
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
Connecting the FM and AM Antennas
If AM reception is poor, connect single vinyl-covered
wire (not supplied).
1
2
3
AM Loop Antenna
(supplied)
If FM reception is poor, connect
outdoor FM antenna (not supplied).
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
FM Antenna (supplied)
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
Snap the tabs on the loop into
the slots of the base to
assemble the AM loop antenna.
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
FRONT
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
ANALOG
IN
LEFT
VIDEO OUT
AC IN
L
VIDEO
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
S-VIDEO
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
AUX
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
Center unit
FM antenna connection
AM antenna connection
Connect the supplied FM antenna to the COAXIAL FM 75 Ω
terminal as temporary measure.
Extend the supplied FM antenna horizontally.
• If reception is poor, connect an outdoor antenna.
Before attaching a 75 Ω coaxial cable (with a standard type
connector), disconnect the supplied FM antenna.
Connect the supplied AM loop antenna to the AM LOOP terminals.
Connect the white cord to the AM EXT terminal, and the black cord
terminal.
to
Turn the loop until you have the best reception.
• If reception is poor, connect an outdoor single vinyl-covered wire
to the AM EXT terminal. (Keep the AM loop antenna connected.)
Note:
If the AM loop antenna wire is covered with vinyl, remove
the vinyl by twisting it as shown in the diagram.
5
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
5
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
Getting Started
Speaker Layout Diagram
Left front
speaker
Right front
speaker
Center speaker
Subwoofer
Center unit
COMPACT
SUPER VIDEO
D I G I T A L
SURROUND
D I G I T A L • E X
P R O L O G I C
VOLUME
STANDBY
PHONES
STANDBY/ON
D V D
D I G I TA L
C I N E M A
S Y S T E M
T H - A 3 5
SOURCE
SURROUND
DSP
Left rear
speaker
Right rear
speaker
Y
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
AC IN
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
CAUTION
CAUTION
SUBWOOFER IMPEDANCE
10 OHMS
SPEAKER IMPEDANCE
6-8 OHMS
To subwoofer
To center speaker
To right rear speaker
FRONT
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
To left front speaker
To right front speaker
To left rear speaker
6
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
6
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
Connect the satellite speakers and subwoofer to the terminals on the
rear panel using speaker cords supplied.
Color labels are attached to the speaker cords to indicate the speaker
and the terminal to which each is to be connected.
• The five satellite speakers can be used for any positions—center,
front left and right, and rear left and right.
• Connect the color labeled cord to the color (+) terminal, and the
other cord to the black (–) terminal respectively.
To obtain the best possible sound from this system, you need to
place all the speakers except the subwoofer at the same distance
from the listening position with each front faced toward the listener.
Since bass sound is less-directional, but normally place it in
between right and left front speaker shown as below.
Subwoofer
Center speaker
Right front
speaker
Left front
speaker
CAUTION:
Use speakers with the SPEAKER IMPEDANCE indicated by the
speaker terminals.
Connecting speaker cords to the terminals
1
2
3
Right rear
speaker
Left rear
speaker
If your speakers cannot be placed at the same distance from the
listening position
You can adjust the delay time of the center speaker and rear
speakers. For in-depth information about adjusting the delay time,
see “Setting Menu” on pages 53 and 54.
1 Open the terminal clamp.
2 Insert the speaker cord.
3 Close the clamp.
Note:
Subwoofer phase is closely related with the distance from the
listening position to the front speakers and subwoofer. You can change
the phase to obtain better bass sound by connecting the speaker
cords to the terminals of the subwoofer inversely—the color labeled
cord to the black terminal, and the black cord to the color terminal.
Notes:
CAUTION:
• If the speaker cord is covered with vinyl, remove the
vinyl by twisting it as shown in the diagram.
• Make sure the core wire of speaker cords do not
expose to out of the terminals. This could cause
short-circuit.
• When attaching the satellite speakers on the wall, have them
attached to the wall by a qualified person.
DO NOT attach the satellite speakers on the wall by yourself to
avoid an unexpected damage of their falling from the wall, caused
by incorrect attachment or weakness in the wall.
• Care is required in selecting a location for attaching speakers to the
wall. Injury to personnel, or damage to equipment, may result if the
speakers are attached in a location which interferes with daily
activities.
7
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
7
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
When setting the speakers
Connecting the Speakers
English
Getting Started
Connecting Audio/Video Component
Turn the power off to all components before connections.
Audio Component connection
Connect the other component to the center unit with the
audio cord.
Use the cords supplied with the other component or
purchase them at an electric appliance store.
A
B
Illustrations of the input/output terminals below are typical
examples.
When you connect the other component, refer also to its
manuals since the terminal name actually printed on the rear
vary among the components.
Optical digital cord (not supplied)
If you connect a sound-enhancing device such as a graphic
equalizer between the source component and the center
unit, the sound output through this system may be
distorted.
Audio cord (not supplied)
DBS Tuner
Input Terminals
MD Recorder
Before connecting an
optical digital cord, unplug
the protective plug.
DIGITAL
IN
DBS Tuner
DIGITAL
OPTICAL OUT
MD Recorder
A
Center unit
ANALOG
IN
VIDEO OUT
L
VIDEO
Cassette Deck
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
S-VIDEO
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
AUX
VCR
AUDIO
LEFT
ANALOG
IN
RIGHT
L
OUT
TV
R
B
Output Terminal
Before connecting an
optical digital cord, unplug
the protective plug.
DIGITAL
OUT
A
MD Recorder
DIGITAL
OPTICAL IN
• If you use the OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT to connect the external component, you
select the output signal type correctly. See “Audio Menu” on page 53.
8
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
8
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
TV connection
The S-video cord and the component video cord are not supplied with this system.
Use the cords supplied with another components or purchase them at an electric appliance store.
A
Video cord (supplied)
B
S-video cord (not supplied)
C
Component video cord (not supplied)
• If your TV supports the progressive video input, you can enjoy a
high quality picture by making the progressive scanning mode
active (see page 11.)
You can select one of three connection types— A , B , and C .
• If your TV has S-video (Y/C-separation) and/or component video
(Y, PB, PR) jacks, connect them using an S-video cord (not
supplied) B and/or component video cord (not supplied) C .
By using these jacks, you can get a better picture quality—in the
order : Component video > S-video > Composite video.
• If you use the S-video cord to connect the TV, you select the
video signal type correctly. See “Picture Menu” on page 52.
A
VIDEO OUT
B
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
TV
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
FRONT
SPEAKERS
LEFT
RIGHT
ANALOG
IN
LEFT
VIDEO OUT
AC IN
L
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
Y
PB
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
AUX
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
Y
C
PB/CB
PR/CR
Now, you can plug the power cord of the center unit into the AC outlet.
Notes:
• Keep the power cord away from the connecting cords and the antenna cords. The power cord may cause noise or screen interference.
• Connecting to a TV through a VCR, or to a TV with a built-in VCR, may cause distortion of picture.
• If the AC outlets do not match the AC plug, use the supplied AC plug adaptor.
9
EN01-09TH-A35[UG].pm6
9
03.5.19, 5:18 PM
English
TV Setting
Changing the Color System
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
DVD
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
From the remote control ONLY:
PROGRESSIVE
1
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
2
MENU
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
7
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
DVD
REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
Press DVD.
The source changes to DVD.
If a disc is not loaded, go to step 3.
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
This system is compatible with the PAL and NTSC systems. Select
the color system to match the color system of your TV. Make sure
that the color system of a DVD, Video CD, or SVCD disc labeled on
the package matches your TV.
AUDIO
TV
Press 7.
Playback stops.
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
3
Press REC/MEMORY
and ENTER at once.
REC/MEMORY
• Each time you press the
both buttons, the TV
system alternates between “NTSC” and
“PAL.”
ENTER
ZOOM
SURROUND
NTSC: Select this when the color system of your TV is NTSC.
PAL: Select this when the color system of your TV is PAL.
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Note:
You can also select the TV system in the choice menu. See “Picture
Menu” on page 52.
Changing the Scanning Mode
This system supports the progressive scanning system (480p*) as
well as the conventional interlaced scanning system (480i*).
If your TV equipped with component video jacks supports the
progressive video input, you can enjoy a high quality picture by
activating the progressive scanning mode.
• Refer also to the instruction manuals supplied with your TV.
• If your TV equipped with component video jacks does not support
the progressive video input, do not change the scanning mode to
the progressive scanning mode (P–SCAN MODE.)
* 480p and 480i indicate the number of scanning lines and scanning
format of a video signal.
• 480p indicates 480 scanning lines with progressive format.
• 480i indicates 480 scanning lines with interlaced format.
You can select the scanning mode if your TV equipped with
component video jacks supports the progressive video input.
10
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
10
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
1
Press DVD.
Adjusting the Pictures
DVD
You can adjust parameters that affect the appearance of picture.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
2
Press PROGRESSIVE.
English
From the remote control ONLY:
Press CHOICE while playing back a
disc.
Video Enhance menu appears on TV-screen.
PROGRESSIVE
• Each time you press the button, the scanning
mode alternates between “INTERLACE” and
“P–SCAN.”
INTERLACE:
Select this if your TV does not support the progressive video input
(conventional TV).
Video Enhance
Brightness
Edges
Color
Contrast
2
P (Progressive)–SCAN:
Select this if your TV equipped with component video jacks
supports the progressive video input.
The conventional scanning method to display video signals on
the TV screen is called “Interlaced scanning.” With this method,
only half of the horizontal lines (called a “field”) are displayed
at a time. So two fields complete a single picture (frame); i.e.,
the first field, containing all the odd-numbered lines, is followed
by the second field, containing all the even-numbered lines.
On the other hand, the Progressive scanning system scans all
horizontal lines at a time, so you can double the number of
scanning lines displayed at a time, resulting in a flicker-free,
high-density picture.
To enjoy the progressive scanned picture, a monitor (or TV or
projector) connected to the system must support the progressive
video inputs.
Depending on the material source format, DVD video can be
classified into two types; film source and video source (note that
some DVD video contain both film source and video source).
Film sources are recorded as 24-frame-per-second data, while
(NTSC) video sources are recorded as 30-frame-per-second (60field-per-second interlaced).
When this system plays back a film source data, uninterlaced
progressive output signals are created using the original data.
When a video source is played back, the unit interleaves lines
between the interlaced lines to create the pseudo uninterlaced
picture and outputs as the progressive signals.
ENTER
Brightness: Controls the brightness of the screen.
Notes:
About scanning system
Press cursor 5/∞ repeatedly to
select a parameter you want to
adjust.
• Adjust gradually to show preferable
appearance by confirming the picture.
When you select the “P-SCAN”, P-SCAN indicator lights up on the
display.
• If you press PROGRESSIVE while playing back a disc, playing
back stops.
• Some progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs are not fully
compatible with this system, resulting in the unnatural picture when
playing back a DVD in the progressive scanning mode.
In such a case, change the scanning mode to “INTERLACE.”
To check the compatibility of your TV, contact your local JVC
customer service center.
• All JVC progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs are fully
compatible with this system.
CHOICE
Edges:
Controls the sharpness of the screen.
Color:
Controls the color of the screen.
Contrast: Controls the contrast of the screen.
3
Press cursor 3/2 repeatedly to
change the setting.
ENTER
4
Press CHOICE.
Video Enhance menu disappears.
CHOICE
Note:
If you turn off the unit, the video enhance setting return to initial
setting.
11
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
11
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Basic DVD Operations
This manual mainly explains operations using the buttons on
the remote control. You can also use the buttons on the center
unit if they have the similar names (or marks) as those on the
remote control.
If operations using the center unit are different from those
using the remote control, they are then explained.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
TV
CENTER
1
2
3
REAR-L
5
3 Load a DVD
On the front panel ONLY:
Press 0 to open the disc tray, then place a DVD
correctly with its label side up.
4
7
8
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
TV/VIDEO
CORRECT
VCR
TV VOL
5 AUDIO VOL
The source changes to DVD.
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
2 DVD
DVD
Press DVD.
REAR-R
6
TEST
1 AUDIO
SUBWOOFER
2 Select the Source
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
+/–
INCORRECT
MUTING
• DO NOT use the disc stabilizer.
TOP
MENU
4 Start Playback
MENU
ENTER
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
77
43
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
6 DSP
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
Press 3.
The disc tray closes. “READING” appears for a
while.
• You can also start playback by closing the disc
tray using 0 on the front panel.
ZOOM
SURROUND
6 SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
• For in-depth information about DVD operations, see
pages 24 to 33.
5 Adjust the Volume
From the remote control :
To increase the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL +.
To decrease the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL –.
On the front panel :
1 Turn On the Power
Before turning on the system, turn on your TV and select the correct
video input. (See the manual supplied with your TV.)
• When you use a JVC’s TV, you can turn on your TV by pressing
on the remote control, and select the video input by
TV
pressing TV/VIDEO. (If your TV is not a JVC’s, see “Operating
Other Manufacturers’ TV” on page 57.)
• For changing the OSD messages—the information on the TV
screen—into the desired language, see “ Language Menu” on
pages 51.
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
Press AUDIO
panel).
AUDIO
The STANDBY lamp goes off and the illumination lamp
on the center unit lights up. The source indication
selected previously appears on the display.
12
VOLUME
To increase the volume,
turn VOLUME control clockwise.
To decrease the volume,
turn VOLUME control counterclockwise.
CAUTION:
Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source. If
the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound energy
can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.
Notes:
• By pressing AUDIO VOL + or – repeatedly, you can adjust the
volume level step by step.
• The volume level can be adjusted within 64 steps—
“MIN (minimum),” 01 to 62, and “MAX (maximum).”
• If you have turned off the unit with the volume level set at more than
level “25,” the volume level will be automatically set at level “25” next
time you turn on the unit.
12
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
AUDIO VOL
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
To turn off the sounds temporarily
Note:
From the remote control ONLY:
MUTING
Press MUTING.
To restore the sound, press MUTING again.
• Pressing AUDIO VOL + or – also restores the sound.
Before activating the Surround or DSP mode, adjust the speaker
setting to bring out the best performance from this system.
For in-depth information about adjusting the speaker setting, see
“Setting Menu” on pages 53.
7 Stop Playback
6 Activate Surround or DSP Mode
You can enjoy three kinds of surround—Digital Multichannel
Surround (Dolby Digital and DTS Digital Surround), Dolby Pro
Logic II and DSP modes.
Digital Multichannel Surround—Dolby Digital
and DTS Digital Surround
Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround takes effect only when you
enjoy a disc encoded with its signals.
To activate Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround
When a disc encoded with the Dolby Digital or DTS Digital
Surround is loaded, the system detects it and starts playing the disc
automatically with Multichannel Surround activated.
– For in-depth information about surround modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
Dolby Pro Logic II—Pro Logic II Music and Pro
Logic II Movie
Press 7 twice.
Playback stops completely.
• This system can memorize the end point even when you
press 7 once. When you start playback again by
pressing 3, playback begins from where it has been stopped—
Resume play.
To remove the loaded disc
Press 0.
“OPEN” appears on the display and the disc tray comes
out.
To close the disc tray, press 0 again.
To prohibit disc ejection
On the front panel ONLY:
Press and hold 6 and 4 for more than
3 seconds.
“LOCKED” appears on the display, and the
disc tray is locked.
To activate Pro Logic II modes
SURROUND
Press SURROUND.
The current Pro Logic II mode appears on the display
for a while.
• Each time you press the button, Pro Logic II mode
changes as follows:
PL II MUSIC
To cancel the prohibition, press and hold
6 and 4 for more than 3 seconds.
“UNLOCK” appears on the display, and the
disc tray is unlocked.
PL II MOVIE
To turn off the power (into standby)
PL II OFF
• When Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated, the
II indicator lights up on the display.
PRO LOGIC
– For in-depth information about Dolby Pro Logic II modes, see
“Creating Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
DSP modes—CONCERT, STADIUM, HALL,
THEATER, LIVE HOUSE
AUDIO
Press AUDIO
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
panel).
The illumination lamp goes off and the STANDBY lamp
lights up.
• If you press AUDIO
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
panel) while the disc tray is kept open, the disc tray closes
automatically, then the system is turned off.
• A small amount of power is consumed even in standby mode. To
turn the power off completely, unplug the AC power cord.
To activate DSP modes
Press DSP.
The current DSP mode appears on the display for a
while.
• Each time you press the button, DSP mode changes as
follows:
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
DSP
CONCERT
STADIUM
– For in-depth information about DSP modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
13
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
13
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Basic VCD/CD Operations
2 Select the Source
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
TV
CENTER
1
3
REAR-L
5
6
7
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
TV/VIDEO
VCR
TV VOL
5 AUDIO VOL
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
0
DVD
DVD
3 Load a VCD/CD
4
REAR-R
9
2 DVD
Press DVD.
SUBWOOFER
2
TEST
1 AUDIO
MUTING REC/MEMORY
On the front panel ONLY:
Press 0 to open the disc tray, then place a disc
correctly with its label side up.
MUTING
AUDIO VOL
+/–
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
CORRECT
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
77
43
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
6 DSP
INCORRECT
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
6 SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
• SVCD can be operated by using the VCD operation
procedure.
• For in-depth information about VCD/CD operations,
see pages 24, 25, and 34 to 39.
1 Turn On the Power
Before turning on the system, turn on your TV if necessary and
select the correct video input. (See the manual supplied with your
TV.)
• When you use a JVC’s TV, you can turn on your TV by pressing
TV
on the remote control, and select the video input by
pressing TV/VIDEO. (If your TV is not a JVC’s, see “Operating
Other Manufacturers’ TV” on page 57.)
• For changing the OSD messages—the information on the TV
screen—into the desired language, see “ Language Menu” on
pages 51.
• When using a CD single (8 cm), place it on the inner circle of the
disc tray.
• Continued use of irregular shape CDs (heart-shape, octagonal,
etc.) can damage the center unit.
• DO NOT use the disc stabilizer.
4 Start Playback
Press 3.
The disc tray closes. “READING” appears for a while.
• You can also start playback by closing the disc tray
using 0 on the front panel.
5 Adjust the Volume
From the remote control :
To increase the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL +.
To decrease the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL –.
On the front panel :
AUDIO VOL
VOLUME
To increase the volume,
turn VOLUME control clockwise.
To decrease the volume,
turn VOLUME control counterclockwise.
CAUTION:
Press AUDIO
AUDIO
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front panel).
The STANDBY lamp goes off and the illumination lamp
on the center unit lights up. The source indication selected
previously appears on the display.
Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source. If
the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound energy
can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.
Notes:
• By pressing AUDIO VOL + or – repeatedly, you can adjust the
volume level step by step.
• The volume level can be adjusted within 64 steps—
“MIN (minimum),” 01 to 62 and “MAX (maximum).”
• If you have turned off the unit with the volume level set at more than
level “25,” the volume level will be automatically set at level “25” next
time you turn on the unit.
14
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
14
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
From the remote control ONLY:
Press MUTING.
MUTING
To restore the sound, press MUTING again.
• Pressing AUDIO VOL + or – also restores the sound.
6 Activate Surround or DSP Mode
You can enjoy Dolby Pro Logic II mode and DSP modes.
Dolby Pro Logic II—Pro Logic II Movie and Pro
Logic II Music
To activate Pro Logic II modes
SURROUND
• When Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated, the
II indicator lights up on the display.
PRO LOGIC
– For in-depth information about Dolby Pro Logic II modes, see
“Creating Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
DSP modes—CONCERT, STADIUM, HALL,
THEATER, LIVE HOUSE
DSP modes take effect only when you enjoy a disc recorded using
Linear PCM.
To activate DSP modes
Press DSP.
The current DSP mode appears on the display for a
while.
• Each time you press the button, DSP mode changes
as follows:
DSP OFF
To remove the loaded disc
Press 0.
“OPEN” appears on the display and the disc tray comes
out.
To close the disc tray, press 0 again.
On the front panel ONLY:
Press and hold 6 and 4 for more than
3 seconds.
“LOCKED” appears on the display, and the
disc tray is locked.
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
LIVE HOUSE
Press 7 twice.
Playback stops completely.
• This system can memorize the end point even when
you press 7 once. When you start playback again by
pressing 3, playback begins from where it has been stopped—
Resume play.
To prohibit disc ejection
Press SURROUND.
The current Pro Logic II mode appears on the display
for a while.
• Each time you press the button, Pro Logic II mode
changes as follows:
PL II MUSIC
English
7 Stop Playback
To turn off the sounds temporarily
HALL
THEATER
To cancel the prohibition, press and hold
6 and 4 for more than 3 seconds.
“UNLOCK” appears on the display, and
the disc tray is unlocked.
To turn off the power (into standby)
Press AUDIO
(or
AUDIO
STANDBY/ON on the front panel).
The illumination lamp goes off and the STANDBY lamp
lights up.
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
• If you press AUDIO
panel) while the disc tray is kept open, the disc tray closes
automatically, then the system is turned off.
• A small amount of power is consumed even in standby mode. To
turn the power off completely, unplug the AC power cord.
DSP
CONCERT
STADIUM
– For in-depth information about DSP modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
Note:
Before activating the Surround or DSP mode, adjust the speaker
setting to bring out the best performance from this system.
For in-depth information about adjusting the speaker setting, see
“Setting Menu” on pages 53.
15
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
15
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Basic Tuner Operations
On the front panel:
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
7
DIGITAL IN
TUNER AM
ANALOG IN
0
DVD
FM/AM
3 Adjust the Volume
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
3 AUDIO VOL
TUNER FM
DVD
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
2 FM/AM
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
1 AUDIO
SOURCE
Press SOURCE repeatedly until the desired band
(TUNER FM or TUNER AM) appears on the
display.
The last received station of the selected band is tuned into.
• Each time you press the button, the source changes as follows:
MUTING
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
+/–
TOP
MENU
From the remote control :
AUDIO VOL
To increase the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL +.
To decrease the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL –.
MENU
ENTER
On the front panel :
VOLUME
CHOICE
To increase the volume,
turn VOLUME control clockwise.
To decrease the volume,
turn VOLUME control counterclockwise.
ON SCREEN
4 TUNING
DOWN/UP
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
5 DSP
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
5 SURROUND
CAUTION:
Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source. If
the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound energy
can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Notes:
For in-depth information about tuner operations, see
“Tuner Operations” on pages 48 to 49.
• 9 kHz interval spacing is the initial setting for AM
tuner. You can change the interval spacing. See
“Setting the AM Tuner Interval Spacing” on page 48.
• By pressing AUDIO VOL + or – repeatedly, you can adjust the
volume level step by step.
• The volume level can be adjusted within 64 steps—
“MIN (minimum),” 01 to 62 and “MAX (maximum).”
• If you have turned off the unit with the volume level set at more than
level “25,” the volume level will be automatically set at level “25” next
time you turn on the unit.
To turn off the sounds temporarily
From the remote control ONLY:
1 Turn On the Power
Press AUDIO
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
panel).
The STANDBY lamp goes off and the illumination lamp
lights up on the center unit.
The source indication selected previously appears on the
display.
Press MUTING.
AUDIO
To restore the sound, press MUTING again.
• Pressing AUDIO VOL + or – also restores the sound.
4 Tune into a Station
From the remote control:
Press and hold TUNING UP or DOWN until
the station frequency starts changing
continuously on the display.
2 Select the Band
From the remote control:
Press FM/AM.
The last received station of the selected band is tuned
into.
• Each time you press the button, the band alternates
between FM and AM.
MUTING
FM/AM
The system starts searching for a station.
When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the system
stops searching, and the TUNED indicator lights up on the display.
On the front panel:
Press and hold 4 or ¢ until the station frequency starts
changing continuously on the display.
16
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
16
DOWN - TUNING - UP
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Notes:
• When an FM stereo program is received, the STEREO indicator
also lights up.
• When you press the button repeatedly, the frequency changes step
by step.
5 Activate Surround or DSP Mode
AUDIO
To turn off the power (into standby)
Press AUDIO
(or
STANDBY/ON on the front
panel) again.
The illumination lamp goes off and the STANDBY lamp lights up.
• A small amount of power is consumed even in standby mode. To
turn the power off completely, unplug the AC power cord.
You can enjoy Dolby Pro Logic II mode and DSP modes.
Dolby Pro Logic II—Pro Logic II Movie and Pro
Logic II Music
To activate Pro Logic II modes
SURROUND
Press SURROUND.
The current Pro Logic II mode appears on the display
for a while.
• Each time you press the button, Pro Logic II mode changes as
follows:
PL II MUSIC
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
• When Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated, the
II indicator lights up on the display.
PRO LOGIC
– For in-depth information about Dolby Pro Logic II modes, see
“Creating Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
DSP modes—CONCERT, STADIUM, HALL,
THEATER, LIVE HOUSE
To activate DSP modes
Press DSP.
The current DSP mode appears on the display for a
while.
• Each time you press the button, DSP mode changes as
follows:
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
DSP
CONCERT
STADIUM
– For in-depth information about DSP modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
Note:
Before activating the Surround or DSP mode, adjust the speaker
setting to bring out the best performance from this system.
For in-depth information about adjusting the speaker setting, see
“Setting Menu” on pages 53.
17
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
17
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Other Basic Operations
On the front panel:
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
7
TUNER FM
DVD
8
TUNER AM
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
DIGITAL IN
AUX
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
2
AUDIO VOL
+/–
MUTING
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
3
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
ANALOG IN
Start playback on the external equipment.
• For in-depth information about the external equipment, see the
manual supplied for it.
VCR
TV VOL
Adjust the Volume.
From the remote control :
To increase the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL +.
To decrease the volume,
press and hold AUDIO VOL –.
AUDIO VOL
ON SCREEN
On the front panel :
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
DIMMER
SOURCE
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
Press SOURCE repeatedly until “ANALOG IN”
or “DIGITAL IN” appears on the display.
• Each time you press the button, the source
changes as follows:
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SURROUND
SLEEP
VOLUME
To increase the volume,
turn VOLUME control clockwise.
To decrease the volume,
turn VOLUME control counterclockwise.
DSP
CAUTION:
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source.
If the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound
energy can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your
speakers.
Notes:
Enjoying Sounds from the External
Component
You can enjoy sounds from the external equipment connected to the
OPTICAL DIGITAL IN terminal or ANALOG IN jacks on the rear
panel of the center unit.
1 Select AUX as the source.
To turn off the sounds temporarily
From the remote control:
Press AUX.
• Each time you press the button, the source
changes as follows:
ANALOG IN
• By pressing AUDIO VOL + or – repeatedly, you can adjust the
volume level step by step.
• The volume level can be adjusted within 64 steps—
“MIN (minimum),” 01 to 62 and “MAX (maximum).”
• If you have turned off the unit with the volume level set at more
than level “25,” the volume level will be automatically set at level
“25” next time you turn on the unit.
AUX
DIGITAL IN
From the remote control ONLY:
Press MUTING.
To restore the sound, press MUTING again.
• Pressing AUDIO VOL + or – also restores the
sound.
ANALOG IN : Select this to enjoy the external equipment
connected to the ANALOG IN jacks.
DIGITAL IN : Select this to enjoy the external equipment
connected to the OPTICAL DIGITAL IN
terminal.
18
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
18
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
MUTING
Activate Surround or DSP Mode
English
4
Listening with the Headphones
You can enjoy three kinds of surround—Digital Multichannel
Surround (Dolby Digital and DTS Digital Surround), Dolby Pro
Logic II and DSP modes.
Digital Multichannel Surround—Dolby Digital
and DTS Digital Surround
You can enjoy Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround when you
playback Multichannel source on the external equipment.
You can enjoy the sound with headphones.
Connect a pair of headphones to the PHONES jack on the front
panel. The speakers are diactivated and you can listen the sound
with the headphones.
• Disconnecting a pair of headphones from the PHONES jack
activate speakers.
CAUTION:
To activate Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround
When playback source is encoded with Dolby Digital or DTS
Digital Surround, the system detects it and activate Multichannel
Surround automatically.
– For in-depth information about surround modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
Be sure to turn down the volume:
• Before connecting or putting on headphones, as high volume can
damage both the headphones and hearing.
• Before removing headphones, as high volume may output from the
speakers.
Adjusting the Brightness
Dolby Pro Logic II—Pro Logic II Music and Pro
Logic II Movie
To activate Pro Logic II modes
Press SURROUND.
The current Pro Logic II mode appears on the
display for a while.
• Each time you press the button, Pro Logic II
mode changes as follows:
PL II MUSIC
You can dim the indications on the display window and the
illumination lamps on the center unit.
There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.
SURROUND
From the remote control ONLY:
1
PL II MOVIE
• When Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated, the
II indicator lights up on the display.
PRO LOGIC
DIMMER*
2
DSP modes—CONCERT, STADIUM, HALL,
THEATER, LIVE HOUSE
Press DSP.
The current DSP mode appears on the display for a
while.
• Each time you press the button, DSP mode changes
as follows:
THEATER
SLEEP**
Press cursor 3/2 to adjust the
brightness level.
ENTER
• The brightness level changes as
follows:
To activate DSP modes
DSP OFF
SLEEP
* With the current level is shown.
** With the remaining time is shown.
– For in-depth information about Dolby Pro Logic II modes, see
“Creating Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
HALL
DIMMER
• Each time you press the button, the indication in the main
display changes as follows:
PL II OFF
LIVE HOUSE
Press DIMMER repeatedly until
“DIMMER (with the current setting) ”
appears on the display.
DSP
DIMMER MIN (Minimum)
DIMMER MID (Middle)
CONCERT
STADIUM
– For in-depth information about DSP modes, see “Creating
Realistic Sound Fields” on pages 21 to 22.
DIMMER MAX (Maximum)
3
Press ENTER.
“OK” appears on the display and the
brightness level changes.
Notes:
ENTER
• On some source signals, no sounds come out from the subwoofer.
• Before activating the Surround or DSP mode, adjust the speaker
setting to bring out the best performance from this system.
For in-depth information about adjusting the speaker setting, see
“Setting Menu” on pages 53.
19
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
19
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
English
Other Basic Operations
2
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
VCR
CENTER
1
3
REAR-L
5
• The shut-off time changes as follows:
SUBWOOFER
2
4
10
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
SLEEP OFF
(Canceled)
AUX PROGRESSIVE
3
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
VCR
TV VOL
20
30
60
90
8
TEST
TV
ENTER
AUDIO
TV
DVD
Press cursor 3/2 to select the
shut-off time.
150
120
Press ENTER.
“OK” appears on the display and the
sleep indicator lights up.
MUTING REC/MEMORY
ENTER
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
RETURN DIMMER
To check or change the time remaining until the
shut-off time
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
SLEEP
When the shut-off time comes, the system turns off
automatically.
DSP
Press SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP (with the
remaining time) ” appears on the display.
• You can change the shut-off time by pressing cursor
3/2 then ENTER .
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
DIMMER
SLEEP
To cancel the Sleep Timer
Press cursor 3/2 repeatedly until “SLEEP OFF” appears on
the display in procedure above, then ENTER.
• Turning off the power also cancels the Sleep Timer.
Turning Off the Power with the Timer
You can fall asleep while listening to music—Sleep Timer.
There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP
(with the remaining time) ” appears on
the display.
DIMMER
SLEEP
• Each time you press the button, the indication in the main
display changes as follows:
DIMMER*
SLEEP**
* With the current level is shown.
** With the remaining time is shown.
20
EN10-20TH-A35[UG].pm6
20
03.5.19, 5:19 PM
You can use the following surround to reproduce a realistic sound
field.
• Dolby Surround
• Dolby Pro Logic II
• Dolby Digital
• DTS Digital Surround
• DSP modes
7 Dolby Surround
Dolby Pro Logic II*
Dolby Pro Logic II has newly developed multichannel playback
format to decode the 2 channel sources—stereo analog source,
Linear PCM digital source, and Dolby Surround encoded source—
into 5.1 channel.
Matrix-based encoding/decoding method for Dolby Pro Logic II
makes no limitation for the cutoff frequency of the rear treble and
enables stereo rear sound compared to conventional Dolby Pro
Logic.
Dolby Pro Logic II enables to reproduce spacious sound from
original sound without adding any new sounds and tonal colorations.
Dolby Pro Logic II has two modes—Movie mode and Music mode:
Pro Logic II Movie (PL II MOVIE)—suitable for reproduction of
DOLBY SURROUND .
Dolby Surround encoded sources bearing the mark
You can enjoy sound field very close to the one created with discrete
5.1 channel sounds.
Pro Logic II Music (PL II MUSIC)—suitable for reproduction of
any 2 channel stereo music sources. You can enjoy wide and deep
sound by using this mode.
PRO LOGIC II
• When Dolby Pro Logic II is activated, the
indicator lights up on the display window.
English
Creating Realistic Sound Fields
■ DTS Digital Surround**
Used to reproduce multichannel sound tracks of the software
).
encoded with DTS Digital Surround (
DTS Digital Surround is another discrete 5.1 channel digital audio
format available on CD, LD, and DVD software.
Compared to Dolby Digital, audio compression rate is relatively low.
This fact allows DTS Digital Surround format to add breadth and
depth to the reproduced sounds. As a result, DTS Digital Surround
features natural, solid and clear sound.
When the system detects DTS Digital Surround signals, the
indicator lights up on the display.
Exapmle:
Indications on the display for each surround
• Dolby Digital
8
L
C
R
LS
S
RS
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
• DTS Digital Surround
L
C
R
LS
S
RS
8
3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
AUDIO
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
MHz
kHz
• Dolby Pro Logic II Music
L
R
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
7 Dolby Digital*
Used to reproduce multichannel soundtracks of the software
).
encoded with Dolby Digital (
Dolby Digital 5.1 ch (DOLBY D) encoding method (so-called
discrete multichannel digital audio format) records and digitally
compresses the left front channel, right front channel, center
channel, left rear channel, right rear channel, and LFE channel
signals.
Since each channel is completely independent from the other
channel signals to avoid interference, you can obtain much better
sound quality with much stereo and surround effects.
When the system detects Dolby Digital signals, the
indicator lights up on the display.
• Dolby Pro Logic II Movie
L
R
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
• DSP
L
C
R
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
DIGITAL
Note:
Dolby Digital software can be roughly grouped into two categories—
multichannel (up to “5.1” channel) and 2 channel software. To enjoy
surround sounds while playing Dolby Digital 2 ch software, you can
use Dolby Pro Logic II.
* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro
Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works. ©1992–1997 Dolby
Laboratories. All rights reserved.
** “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
21
EN21-23TH-A35[UG].pm6
21
03.5.19, 5:20 PM
English
Creating Realistic Sound Fields
■ DSP (Digital Signal Processor) Modes
Activating the Surround Mode
DSP modes have been designed to create important acoustic
surround elements.
The sound heard in a live house, a hall, a concert, a stadium, or a
theater consists of direct sound and indirect sound—early reflections
and reflections from behind. Direct sounds reach the listener directly
without any reflection. On the other hand, indirect sounds are
delayed by the distances of the ceiling and walls.
These indirect sounds are important elements of the acoustic
surround effects.
The following DSP modes are provided with this unit.
LIVE HOUSE
: Gives the feeling of a live music house with a
low ceiling.
HALL
: Gives clear vocal and the feeling of a concert
hall.
CONCERT
: Gives the feeling of a large hall designated
primarily for classical concert.
STADIUM
: Gives feeling of an outdoor stadium.
THEATER
: Gives the feeling of a theater.
You can enjoy three kinds of surround—Digital Multichannel
Surround (Dolby Digital and DTS Digital Surround), Dolby Pro
Logic II and DSP modes.
• If you activate the surround mode not available, “INVALID”
appears on the display.
For Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround
When playback source is encoded with Dolby Digital or DTS
Digital Surround, the system detects it and activate Multichannel
Surround automatically.
• When Dolby Digital is activated, the
DIGITAL indicator lights
up on the display.
• When DTS Digital Surround is activated, the
indicator lights
up on the display.
For Pro Logic II modes
These DSP modes can be used to add the acoustic surround effects
while reproducing stereo analog software, Linear PCM digital
software, or Dolby Surround encoded source and can give you a real
“being there” feeling.
Press SURROUND.
The current Pro Logic II mode appears on the display
for a while.
• Each time you press the button, Pro Logic II mode
changes as follows:
PL II MUSIC
SURROUND
PL II MOVIE
Note:
On some source signals, DSP mode may not work sufficiently. In that
case, select another preferred DSP mode.
PL II OFF
• When Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated, the
II indicator lights up on the display.
PRO LOGIC
For DSP modes
Press DSP.
The current DSP mode appears on the display for a
while.
• Each time you press the button, DSP mode changes as
follows:
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
Available surround according to the input signal format
Input Signal format
Surround
HALL
THEATER
䡬: Possible
Pro Logic II
Multichannel
Surround
PLII Movie PLII Music LIVE HOUSE
CONCERT
STADIUM
⳯: Impossible
THEATER
PL II OFF and
DSP OFF
(canceled)
DSP
HALL
CONCERT
DSP
STADIUM
Analog
⳯
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
Linear PCM
⳯
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
Dolby Digital
Multichannel
䡬
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
—
Dolby 2ch
⳯
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
䡬
DTS Digital
Surround
䡬
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
—
DTS 2ch
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
䡬
MP3
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
⳯
䡬
22
EN21-23TH-A35[UG].pm6
22
03.5.19, 5:20 PM
SOUND
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
6
7
9
0
SETTING
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
Right front speaker
Left rear speaker
Right rear speaker
There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, press SOUND and start from step 4
again.
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
4
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
CHOICE
•
•
•
•
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
Adjust the speaker output
levels (–6 dB to +6 dB).
Adjust the center speaker, rear
speakers and subwoofer levels
comparing to the sound from the
front speakers.
MENU
ENTER
7
Subwoofer
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
TV
Sound
setting
buttons
REAR-R
TEST
DVD
Center speaker
AUDIO
TV
TEST
Left front speaker
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
ZOOM
SURROUND
CENTER
1
2
REAR-L
5
SUBWOOFER
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/–.
To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR-L +/–.
To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR-R +/–.
To adjust the subwoofer level, press SUBWOOFER +/–.
5
Press STOP to stop the test tone.
6
Press SOUND again.
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
SOUND
“SOUND OFF” appears on the display.
Adjusting the Sound
Notes:
You can adjust the following settings.
It is recommended that you make adjustments from your actual
listening point.
– Output level for the center speaker
– Output level for the rear speakers
– Output level for the subwoofer
1
Load a disc, and Press STOP.
The source changes to DVD and playback stops.
2
Press SOUND.
• If a disc is not loaded, you cannot adjust the settings.
• You can adjust the speaker output levels without outputting the test
tone.
• If there is a speaker from which no sounds comes out, check the
speaker’s connection (see pages 6 and 7) and setting (see pages
53 and 54).
• If you press SETTING while adjusting sound, speaker settings
alternate between 5.1ch (use all sattelite speakers and subwoofer)
and 2.1ch (use only front speakers and subwoofer.)
• You can output the test tone in any surround mode, or even when
surround mode is not activated.
• When an MP3 disc is loaded, you cannot adjust the subwoofer
output level.
SOUND
“SOUND” appears on the display and the 10 keys
are activated for sound adjustments.
3
Press TEST to check if you can hear the
sounds through all the speakers at the
equal level.
TEST
9
Test tone menu appears on the TV.
L
C
R
SW
RS
LS
To cancel press Stop
23
EN21-23TH-A35[UG].pm6
23
03.5.19, 5:20 PM
English
• The test tone comes out of the speakers in the following order:
English
Disc Introduction—DVD/VCD/CD
This system has been designed to play back the following discs: DVD,
Video CD, Super Video CD (SVCD), Audio CD, CD-R, and CD-RW.
• This system can also play back MP3 and JPEG files recorded on
CD-Rs and CD-RWs. For in-depth information about MP3, see
“MP3 Playback” on page 40, and about JPEG, see “JPEG
Playback” on page 44.
Discs you can play:
Disc
Type
Mark
(Logo)
Video
Format
Region Code
Number*
2
ALL
DVD
Video
Video
CD
NTSC
PAL
Super
Video
CD
Audio
CD
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
IMPORTANT: Before performing any operations, make sure of
the following....
• Check the connection with the TV.
• Turn on the TV and select the correct input on the TV to view the
pictures or on-screen indications on the TV screen.
• For DVD playback, you can change the Setup menu setting to
your preference. (See pages 50 to 55.)
” appears on the TV screen when pressing a button,
If “
the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do, or
information required for that operation is not recorded in the disc.
NOTICE : In some cases, without showing “
not be accepted.
,” operations will
Disc structure—DVD, Video CD (VCD/SVCD) and Audio CD (CD)
A DVD disc consists of Titles, and each title may be divided into
some Chapters. (See Example 1.)
For example, if a DVD disc contains some movies, each movie may
have its own title number, and it may be further divided into some
chapters.
On the other hand, a VCD/SVCD or CD consists of Tracks. (See
Example 2.)
In general, each song has its own track number. (On some discs,
each track may also be divided by Indexes.)
When playing back a VCD/SVCD with Playback Control (PBC)
function, you can select what to view using the menu shown on the
TV screen. (While operating a Video CD using the menu, some of
the functions such as Repeat and Track Search may not work.)
CD-R
Example 1: DVD disc
CD-RW
• On some DVD or VCD/SVCD discs, their actual operations
may be different from what is explained in this manual. This is
due to the disc programming and disc structure, but not a
malfunction of this system.
• DVD-R discs recorded with the DVD VIDEO format can be
played back. However, some discs may not be played back
because of the disc characteristics or recording conditions.
Note that unfinalized disc cannot be played back.
• The following discs cannot be played back:
– DVD-Audio, DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD-RW,
DVD+RW, CD-ROM, CD-I, (CD-I Ready), Photo CD, etc.
Playing back these discs will generate noise and damage the
speakers.
* Note on Region Code
DVD players and DVD Video discs have their own Region Code
numbers. This system only can play back DVD discs whose Region
Code numbers include “2.”
Examples:
If a DVD with the inadequate Region Code numbers is loaded,
“Invalid Region” appears on the TV and playback cannot start.
Example 2 : Video CD/Audio CD
Notes on CD-R and CD-RW
User-edited CD-Rs (Recordable) and CD-RWs (Rewritable) can be
played back only if they are already “finalized.”
• The system can play back CD-Rs or CD-RWs recorded on a
personal computer if they have been recorded in the audio CD
format or recorded in MP3 format (see page 40).
However, they may not be played back depending on their
characteristics or recording conditions.
• Before playing back CD-Rs or CD-RWs, read their instructions or
cautions carefully.
• Some CD-Rs or CD-RWs may not be played back on this unit
because of their disc characteristics, damage or stain on them.
• CD-RWs may require a longer readout time. This is caused by the
fact that the reflectance of CD-RWs is lower than for regular CDs.
24
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
24
03.5.19, 5:20 PM
English
Basic Disc Operations
Note:
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
To stop playback for a moment
Press 8.
• To resume play, press 3.
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
Number
buttons
SUBWOOFER
CENTER
1
VCR
If “Password – – – –” and “Parental Locked” appear on the TV screen,
Parental Lock is in use. You cannot play back a DVD containing violent
scenes or those not suitable for your family members.
To play back such a disc, cancel the Parental Lock. (See page 55.)
VCR
TV VOL
To go to another chapter or track
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Press ¢ or 4 repeatedly during playback.
• ¢ : Skips to the beginning of the next or
succeeding chapter or track.
• 4 : While an MP3 is played back
Goes back to the beginning of the previous track.
While a DVD, a CD, or a VCD is played back
Goes back to the beginning of the current or previous
chapter or track.
3
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
8
7
4/ ¢
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
To go to another track (only possible on a CD
and VCD without PBC) directly using the
number buttons
ZOOM
Pressing the number buttons during play
allows you to start playing the track number
you want.
SVCD can be operated by using the VCD operation
procedure.
CENTER
1
REAR-L
5
TEST
To start playback
Press 3.
The source is automatically changed to the DVD
player.
“READING” appears on the display for a while, then the detected
disc type appears—DVD, VCD, CD, MP3 or JPEG. (If your TV is
turned on, the detected disc type appears on the TV screen.)
• When a disc is not loaded, “NO DISC” appears on the display.
Example:Playback information on the display
DVD
L
LS
C
S
R
RS
8
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
L
C
Chapter No. Elapsed playing
time
8
3
R
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
Title No.
VCD/CD
MP3
RDS
TRK TUNED
PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
AUDIO
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
Track No.
Disc Type
JPEG
8
3
C
LS
MHz
kHz
RS
TRK TUNED
Elapsed playing
time
PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
ProLogic II
STEREO
• To select number 1 to 9, press the
corresponding number button, then press
ENTER.
• To select number 15, press 1, 5, then press
ENTER.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
SUBWOOFER
2
9
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
ENTER
To stop during playback
Press 7.
When a DVD, a VCD, or a CD is played back
Playback stops (If your TV is turned on, “7 Resume
Stop” appears on the TV screen.)
• This system can memorize the end point even when you press
7. When you start playback again by pressing 3, playback
begins from where it has been stopped—Resume play.
• To stop completely, press 7 twice. (“7 Stop” appears on the
TV screen.) The disc type appears on the display.
When an MP3 disc or JPEG disc is played back
Playback stops.
• This system can memorize the end point even when you press
7. When you start playback again by pressing 3, playback
begins from the beginning of the stopped track—Resume play.
Note:
File No.
If you open the disc tray or turn off the unit, the resume play is
canceled.
To remove the disc
Disc play starts from the first chapter or track of the selected disc.
• If a menu appears while playing a DVD or VCD with PBC
function, see “Disc Menu-Driven Playback” (for DVD) on page 28
or “Disc Menu-Driven Playback (Only for VCD)” on page 35.
Press 0 on the front panel.
The disc tray comes out.
To close the disc tray, press 0 again.
25
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
25
03.5.19, 5:20 PM
English
DVD Playback
Showing the On-screen Menu
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
2
5
From the remote control ONLY:
7 Whenever a disc is loaded.
Press ON SCREEN.
On-screen menu appears on the TV.
SUBWOOFER
3
REAR-L
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
You can use some functions through the on-screen menu.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
7
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
ON SCREEN
Off
Off
Off
Off
AUDIO VOL
To turn off the on-screen menu
TOP
MENU
5/∞
ENTER
MENU
Press ON SCREEN again.
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
Showing the Information on the TV Screen
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
You can show the following information on the TV screen while a
disc is loaded.
DSP
ZOOM
ANGLE
SURROUND
From the remote control ONLY:
1
2
Some DVDs contain several audio languages, subtitles, and multiangle views.
When you find the following marks on the DVD or its package, you
can select these elements recorded on the DVD.
Subtitles are recorded on the disc. The number
inside the mark indicates the total number of the
recorded subtitles.
3
Several audio languages are recorded on the disc.
The number inside the mark indicates the total
number of the recorded audio languages.
3
Multi-angle views are recorded on the disc. The
number inside the mark indicates the total number
of the recorded multi-angle views.
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
3
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on TV-screen.
SLEEP
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/ ∞ repeatedly
to select “OSD.”
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select the disc information.
• Each time you press the button, OSD
changes as following:
ENTER
All
On
Off
If you cannot find out whether your disc contains these features
listed above, you can check it by showing the on-screen display
(OSD.)
4
Press cursor 5/ ∞ repeatedly
to select “OK,” then ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears and the
information appears on the TV.
For basic disc operations such as inserting a disc, starting
playback, and moving to another chapters, see “Basic DVD
Operations” on pages 12, 13, and “Basic Disc Operations” on
page 25.
To turn off the disc information
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
26
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
26
ENTER
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
Selecting the Audio Languages
OSD: On
1
00:01:16 01:40:45
OSD: All
2
English
Disc information
3 4
1
5
While playing back a DVD containing audio languages (sound
track), you can select the language (sound track) to listen to.
• You can set your favorite audio language as the initial audio
language. (See page 51.)
From the remote control ONLY:
00:01:16 01:40:45
DVD
Title 1/15 Chapter 2/10
Angle 1/1
5.1ch 48KHz
Audio
1/3 Eng
Off
Subtitle
7
6
8
AUDIO
Press AUDIO.
Audio language indicator appears on the TV screen for a
while.
• Each time you press the button while the indicator
appears on the TV screen, the audio language changes as follows:
1 : Elapsed playing time and remaining time
1/3 Eng
2 : Disc type
3 : Current title and total number of the titles on the
disc
• Ex.: 1st title is playing out of 15 titles recorded.
5.1ch
3/3 Spa
2/3 Fre
5.1ch
5.1ch
Ex.: When the disc has 3 selections—English,
French, and Spanish
4 : Audio language indication
• Ex.: English is selected out of 3 audio languages recorded.
See right column.
5 : Current chapter and total number of the chapters
in the current title
• Ex.: 2nd chapter is playing out of 10 chapters recorded.
6 : Subtitle language indication
• Ex.: When no subtitle is displayed on the TV screen.
See below.
7 : Signal format indicator
• Signal format type—Linear PCM (stereo), Dolby Digital,
and DTS Digital Surround—and bit rate will be indicated.
Ex.: When the disc is encoded with Dolby Digital 5.1 ch.
8 : Multi-angle view indicator
• Ex.: When only a single angle-view is recorded on the
disc. See right column.
Selecting the Multi-Angle Views
While playing back a DVD containing multi-angle views, you can
view the same scene at different angles.
From the remote control ONLY:
ANGLE
Press ANGLE.
The angle indicator appears on the TV screen for a
while.
• Each time you press the button while the angle indicator appears
on the TV screen, the view angle changes.
2/3
1/3
Selecting the Subtitles
While playing back a DVD containing subtitles in different
languages, you can select the subtitle to be displayed on the TV
screen.
• You can set your favorite subtitle language as the initial language
shown on the screen. (See page 51.)
3/3
Ex.: When the disc has 3 multi-angle views
From the remote control ONLY:
SUB TITLE
Press SUB TITLE.
Subtitle language indicator appears on the TV screen
for a while.
• Each time you press the button while the indicator appears on the
TV screen, the subtitle language changes as follows:
1/3 Eng
2/3 Fre
Off
3/3 Spa
Ex.: When the disc has 3 selections—English,
French, Spanish and no subtitle (OFF)
27
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
27
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
English
DVD Playback
Moving to a Particular Portion Directly
AUDIO
TV
CENTER
1
VCR
3
6
7
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
SEARCH
MUTING REC/MEMORY
2
AUDIO VOL
TOP MENU
TOP
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
3
Press SEARCH.
Search
Time
Title
Chapter
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
1
MENU
ENTER
MENU
Time :
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
Title:
Chapter:
ON SCREEN
1/ ¡
SLOW
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
_ _:_ _:_ _
__
__
Press cursor 5/∞ to select the
item.
ENTER
CHOICE
SEARCH
The search menu appears on the TV.
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
From the remote control ONLY:
8
TEST
TV
Number
buttons
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
DVD
You can move to another title, chapter, or particular scene in the
chapter directly.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
3
Select this to
move to a
particular scene.
Select this to move to another title.
Select this to move to another chapter.
Press the number buttons to
select a desired title, chapter,
or playing time.
The unit starts playback of the selected
item.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
Disc Menu-Driven Playback
Disc menu-driven playback is possible while playing back a DVD
with menu (menu may be still pictures or moving pictures
depending on the disc).
• When operating a disc using the disc menu, refer also to the
instructions supplied for the disc.
DVD discs generally have their own menus or title lists. A menu
usually contains various information about the disc and playback
selections. On the other hand, a title list usually contains titles of
movies and songs recorded.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press MENU or TOP MENU.
MENU
TOP
MENU
A menu or title list will appear on the
screen.
How to input the title and chapter number
Press the number buttons corresponding to the number, then press
ENTER to start playback.
• To select number 5, press 5, then ENTER.
• To select number 12, press 1, 2, then ENTER.
• To select number 22, press 2, 2, then ENTER.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
How to input the playing time
Press the number buttons to input the playing time, then press
ENTER to start playback at the selected elapsed playing time.
• To input time “00:45:23,” press 4, 5, 2, 3, then ENTER.
• To input time “01:23:45,” press 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, then ENTER.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
• On some DVDs, a menu will automatically appear on the
screen after playback starts.
2
Select a desired item on the
menu or on the title list, using
cursor 3/2/5/∞ and
ENTER.
ENTER
The unit starts playback of the selected
item.
• On some discs, you can also select items by pressing the
number buttons corresponding to the item numbers listed.
28
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
28
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
You can search for a particular portion while playing a disc—
Variable Speed Forward/Reverse Search.
• No sound comes out during Variable Speed Forward/Reverse
Search.
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select the repeat mode.
• Each time you press the button,
Repeat mode changes as follows:
To fast-forward the chapter—Variable Speed
Forward Search
x2
x4
x20
x8
Title Repeat
Off
Disc Repeat
Chapter Repeat:
Current chapter will be repeated. (the
REPEAT 1 indicator lights up.)
Current title will be repeated. (the
REPEAT indicator lights up.)
Disc will be repeated. (the REPEAT
indicator lights up.)
Repeat play is canceled. (Normal play
is resumed.)
Title Repeat:
Disc Repeat:
Off:
To resume normal play
4
Press 3.
ENTER
Chapter Repeat
From the remote control ONLY:
Press ¡ during playback.
• Each time you press the button, the search speed
changes as follows:
English
3
Searching for a Particular Point
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK,” then ENTER.
ENTER
To reverse the chapter—Variable Speed Reverse
Search
From the remote control ONLY:
To cancel repeat play
Press 1 during playback.
• Each time you press the button, the search speed
changes as follows:
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
x2
x4
7 A–B Repeat
x20
x8
While playing, you can also select a portion you want to repeat.
• A–B repeat is not performed between different titles.
Example:
To resume normal play
Press 3.
A–
Repeating Playback
A–B
Repeat play cannot be used in the following cases:
• When you enjoy program play
7 Repeat Play
From the remote control ONLY:
From the remote control ONLY:
1
1
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
2
Press ON SCREEN.
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Repeat.”
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
TO BE CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
29
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
29
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
English
DVD Playback
Playing Back Chapters in Random Order
— Shuffle Play
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
You can playback chapters in random order.
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
TOP
MENU
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
CONTROL
TV
From the remote control ONLY:
1
8
TEST
DVD
Number
buttons
2
MENU
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Mode.”
ENTER
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
7
ON SCREEN
3
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
3
2
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Repeat A–B.”
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
3
4
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select “Shuffle.”
• Each time you press the button, play
mode changes as follows:
ENTER
Shuffle
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER
Program
Off
4
Press ENTER to select the start
point.
“A–” appears on the display and “
appears on the TV.
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK”, then press ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears.
ENTER
ENTER
A–”
5
Press ENTER again to select
the end point.
Press 3.
Playback starts in random order.
ENTER
“A–” changes to “A–B”, then A–B
repeat begins.
The unit automatically locates point A
and starts repeated playback between points A and B.
5
To cancel shuffle play
Press ON SCREEN again.
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears.
ON SCREEN
Notes:
To cancel A–B Repeat
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
“A–B” disappears, and resume normal playback.
• When all chapters in the current title have been played once,
shuffle play ends.
• The same chapter will not be played more than once during shuffle
play.
30
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
30
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
English
6
Programming the Playing Order of the
Chapters — Program Play
Press cursor 3 to select the
chapter number.
ENTER
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
You can arrange the chapter playback order before you start playing.
You can program up to 12 steps.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
2
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER
8
REAR-L
TEST
9
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
next program step number.
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 3 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select “Program.”
SUBWOOFER
2
• To select number 5, press 5.
• To select number 12, press 1, 2.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
ENTER
ENTER
9
• Each time you press the button, play
mode changes as follows:
Program
Repeat steps 5 to 8 to program other chapters
you want.
10 Press cursor
3/2/5/∞ to
select “Play Program”, then
press ENTER.
Off
4
CENTER
1
5
Off
Off
Off
Off
Shuffle
Press the number button to
enter the chapter number.
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 _ 3 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Mode.”
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
3
7
ON SCREEN
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK”, then press ENTER.
The Program menu appears on the TV.
ENTER
The Program menu disappears and
PROG indicator appears on the display.
The chapters are played in the order you
have programmed.
ENTER
Title Number
Chapter Number
Program
Title/Chapter
To stop during playback
1 _ _ _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
5
Press the number button to
enter a title number.
Program
Title/Chapter
1 _ 2 _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
Press 7.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
• To select number 5, press 5.
• To select number 12, press 1, 2.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
TO BE CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
31
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
31
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
English
DVD Playback
DVD Special Effect Playback
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
2
5
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
1
Press 8 once during playback.
A still picture appears on the TV screen.
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
From the remote control ONLY:
8
TEST
DVD
You can advance the still picture frame by frame while playing a
DVD.
SUBWOOFER
REAR-L
CLEAR
7 Still Picture/Frame-by-Frame Playback
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
8 PAUSE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
8
3
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SLOW +/–
ZOOM
2
Press 8 repeatedly to advance the
picture frame by frame.
• Each time you press the button, the picture
advances frame by frame.
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
To resume normal play
Press 3.
To exit from program play
From the remote control ONLY:
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3 on page 31.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then ENTER.
To check the program contents
1) Press ON SCREEN.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “Mode.”
3) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Program” again even
though “Program” is selected in Step 2.
4) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then ENTER.
The program menu appears on the TV.
To disappear program contents, press ON SCREEN twice.
To erase the stored program
1) Repeat steps 1 to 4 on page 31.
2) Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select “Clear All”, then ENTER.
To modify the program
You can modify the program while the program menu screen is
shown on the TV screen.
• To erase a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) an
title or chapter in unwanted step, then press CLEAR.
• To modify a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) a
title or chapter you want to modify, then perform steps 5 to 8 on
page 31. (Before entering a new number, press CLEAR)
• To add a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) an
empty program step, then perform steps 5 to 8 on page 31.
32
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
32
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
English
7 Slow Motion Playback
7 Zoom
You can enjoy slow motion playback while playing a DVD.
You can zoom on the picture while playing back a DVD.
From the remote control ONLY:
From the remote control ONLY:
1
1
Press 8 at the point where you want to
start playback in slow-motion.
Press ZOOM.
ZOOM
The zoom indicator appears on the TV.
A still picture appears on the TV screen.
2
Press SLOW + or SLOW –.
SLOW
• Each time you press the button, slow
motion speed changes as follows.
Forward:
1/ 5
1/ 4
1/ 2
1/ 3
• Each time you press the button while the indicator appears, the
magnification changes as follows:
No Zoom
Zoom out (12 steps)
Reverse:
1/ 5
1/ 4
2
1/ 1
1/ 2
Zoom in (12 steps)
1 /3
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to move
the portion you want to watch.
ENTER
To cancel the zoom
Press 3.
33
EN24-33TH-A35[U].pm6
33
03.5.19, 5:21 PM
English
VCD/CD Playback
Showing the Information on the TV Screen
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
1
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
SEARCH
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
5/∞
ENTER
MENU
2
ENTER
CHOICE
AUDIO
RETURN
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
RETURN DIMMER
3
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
DSP
3
ZOOM
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ repeatedly to
select “OSD.”
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ON SCREEN
4 /¢
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on TV-screen.
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
From the remote control ONLY:
ON SCREEN
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
Number
buttons
SUBWOOFER
2
DVD
You can show the following information on the TV screen while a
disc is loaded.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
SURROUND
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select the disc information.
• Each time you press the button, OSD
changes as following:
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
ENTER
All
On
Off
• SVCD can be operated by using the VCD operation
procedure.
• For basic disc operations such as inserting a disc, starting
playback, and moving to another tracks, see “Basic VCD/
CD Operations” on pages 14, 15, and “Basic Disc
Operations” on page 25.
4
Press cursor 5/∞ repeatedly to select “OK,”
then ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears and the information appears on
the screen.
To turn off the disc information
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
Showing the On-screen Menu
You can use some functions through the on-screen menu.
Disc information
7 Whenever a disc is loaded.
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
OSD: On
00:01:16 01:06:35
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
1
OSD: All
2
1
3
VCD 2.0
Track 1/15
00:01:16 01:06:35
1 : Elapsed playing time and remaining time
To turn off the on-screen menu
Press ON SCREEN again.
2 : Disc type and VCD version number
• VCD version number appears when only VCD is loaded
(On some VCD, the version number is not shown).
3 : Current track and total number of the tracks on
the disc
• Ex.: 1st track is playing out of 15 tracks recorded.
34
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
34
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
The Play Back Control function (PBC) allows you to operate the
VCD using menus.
When you start playing a VCD with PBC function, a menu will
automatically appear on the TV screen.
• A menu may be a list of items, divided screens, or some moving
pictures. (See “PBC operation concept” below.)
Moving to a Particular Portion Directly
You can move to a particular portion (scene) on the track directly.
• PBC function is canceled when you use this function.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press SEARCH during playback or pause.
SEARCH
• Each time you press the button, the following
indication appears on the TV screen.
When a menu appears, you can select a desired item on the menu.
• When a list of items is displayed on the TV screen, press the
number buttons to select an item.
• When “3” or “SELECT” is displayed on the TV screen, press
3 to start playback.
Track Search
Disc Search
canceled
2
From the remote control ONLY:
English
Disc Menu–Driven Playback (Only for VCD)
To go to the next submenu
Press ¢.
Press cursor 5/∞ to select the
item (only for Disc search.)
Track Search:
Time :
Select this to move to a
particular portion on the
current track.
To return to the previous submenu
Press 4.
ENTER
Disc Search:
Time :
Select this to move to a particular portion on the
current disc.
Track:
Select this to move to a particular track on the current
disc.
PBC operation
concept
3
Press number buttons to select
a desired track or playing
time.
The unit starts playback of the selected
item.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
From the remote control ONLY:
How to input the playing time
To cancel the PBC playback
MENU
You can turn on and off the PBC function by pressing
MENU on the remote control. Each time you press the
button, the PBC function turns on and off.
Note:
How to input the track number
If you select shuffle play, program play, or repeat play, the PBC
function is canceled.
To activate the PBC function
1)
2)
3)
4)
• To input time “09:45,” press 9, 4, 5, then ENTER.
• To input time “45:23,” press 4, 5, 2, 3, then ENTER.
• To cancel a misentry, press CLEAR.
Press ON SCREEN.
Press cursor 5/∞ to select “Mode.”
Press ENTER repeatedly to select “PBC.”
Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK,” then press ENTER.
Press the number buttons corresponding to the number, then
press ENTER to start playback.
• To select number 5, press 5, then ENTER.
• To select number 12, press 1, 2, then ENTER.
• To cancel a misentry, press CLEAR.
Note:
When playing back is stopped, you can use only Disc Search.
Selecting Playback Channel
When you play back VCD or CD, you can only select either the left
channel or right channel to listen to.
Press AUDIO repeatedly.
Each time you press the button, the sound mode changes
as follows:
AUDIO
Stereo \ Left channel \ Right channel
\ (back to the begininng)
Notes:
• While activating Surround mode or DSP mode, this function does
not work.
• On some discs, this function does not work.
35
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
35
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
VCD/CD Playback
Repeating Playback
AUDIO
TV
CENTER
1
VCR
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
From the remote control ONLY:
8
TEST
1
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
ON SCREEN
AUX PROGRESSIVE
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
7 Repeat Play
SUBWOOFER
2
DVD
Repeat play cannot be used in the following cases:
• When you enjoy program play
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
Off
Off
Off
Off
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
2
Press cursor 5/∞ to select “Repeat.”
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
3
1/¡
Off
Off
Off
Off
ZOOM
3
Searching for a Particular Point
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select the repeat mode.
• Each time you press the button, Repeat
mode changes as follows:
You can search for a particular portion while playing a disc—
Variable Speed Forward/Reverse Search.
• No sound comes out during Variable Speed Forward/Reverse
Search on a VCD.
Single
Single:
Press ¡ during playback.
• Each time you press the button, the search speed
changes as follows:
x20
x8
To resume normal play
All:
Off:
4
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK,” then ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears and
repeat playback starts.
Press 3.
To reverse the tracks—Variable Speed Reverse
Search
From the remote control ONLY:
x2
x4
x20
x8
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
To resume normal play
Press 3.
36
36
ENTER
To cancel repeat play
Press 1 during playback.
• Each time you press the button, the search speed changes as
follows:
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
All
Current track be repeated. (REPEAT
1 indicator lights up.)
Disc will be repeated. (REPEAT
indicator lights up.)
Repeat play is canceled. (Normal play
is resumed.)
From the remote control ONLY:
x4
ENTER
Off
To fast-forward the tracks—Variable Speed
Forward Search
x2
ENTER
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
While playing, you can also select a portion you want to repeat.
English
7 A–B Repeat
Playing Back Tracks in Random Order
— Shuffle Play
You can playback chapters in random order.
Example:
From the remote control ONLY:
1
A–
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
A–B
From the remote control ONLY:
1
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
2
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Mode.”
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
2
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Repeat A–B.”
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER
• Each time you press the button, play
mode changes as follows:
A–”
Shuffle
Program
Off
PBC*
* Appears when only VCD with PBC is loaded
ENTER
4
Press ENTER again to select
the end point.
“A–” changes to “A–B”, then A–B repeat
begins.
The unit automatically locates point A
and starts repeated playback between
points A and B.
5
Off
Off
Off
Off
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select “Shuffle.”
Press ENTER to select the start
point.
“A–” appears on the display and “
appears on the TV.
4
3
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
3
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK”, then press ENTER.
The on-screen menu disappears.
ENTER
ENTER
5
Press 3.
playback starts in random order.
Press ON SCREEN again.
The on-screen menu disappears.
ON SCREEN
To cancel shuffle play
To cancel A–B Repeat
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
“A–B” disappears, and resume normal playback.
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
Notes:
• When all tracks have been played once, shuffle play ends.
• The same track will not be played more than once during shuffle
play.
37
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
37
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
VCD/CD Playback
3
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
4
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
4
TOP
MENU
MENU
Off
PBC*
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“OK”, then press ENTER.
ENTER
The Program menu appears on the TV.
Track Number
ENTER
Program
ON SCREEN
3
CHOICE
7
Program
* Appears when only VCD with PBC is loaded
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
Shuffle
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
ENTER
• Each time you press the button, play
mode changes as follows:
REAR-R
TEST
DVD
Number
buttons
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select “Program.”
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
1 ___
4 ___ 7 ___
2 ___
5 ___ 8 ___
3 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
Play Program Clear All
8
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
SLOW +/–
ZOOM
SURROUND
5
SLEEP
Press the number button to
enter a track number.
Program
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
1 _12
4 ___ 7 ___
2 ___
5 ___ 8 ___
3 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
Play Program Clear All
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
CENTER
1
TEST
9
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
• To select number 5, press 5.
• To select number 12, press 1, 2.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
Programming the Playing Order of the
Tracks — Program Play
6
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
next program step.
Program
You can arrange the track playback order before you start playing.
You can program up to 12 steps.
1 12
4 ___ 7 ___
2 ___
5 ___ 8 ___
3 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
Play Program Clear All
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press ON SCREEN.
The on-screen menu appears on the TV.
2
Off
Off
Off
Off
Repeat steps 5 to 6 to program other tracks you
want.
8
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
“Play Program”, then press
ENTER.
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER
To stop during playback
Press 7.
38
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
38
ENTER
The Program menu disappears and
the PROG indicator appears on the
display.
The tracks are played in the order you have programmed.
Press cursor 5/∞ to select
“Mode.”
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
7
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ENTER
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
To exit from program play
7 Slow Motion Playback
From the remote control ONLY:
You can enjoy slow motion playback while playing a VCD.
1) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Off” in step 3 on page 38.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then press ENTER.
Playback changes to normal play and the stored program is cleared.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
To check the program contents
Press 8 at the point where you want to
start playback in slow-motion.
A still picture appears on the TV screen.
1) Press ON SCREEN.
2) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “Mode.”
3) Press ENTER repeatedly to select “Program” again even
though “Program” is selected in Step 2.
4) Press cursor 5/∞ to select “OK”, then ENTER.
The program menu appears on the TV.
To disappear program contents, press ON SCREEN twice.
2
Press SLOW +.
SLOW
• Each time you press the button, slow motion
speed changes as follows.
1/ 5
1/ 4
1/ 2
1/ 3
To erase the stored program
1) Repeat steps 1 to 4 on page 38.
2) Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select “Clear All”, then ENTER.
To modify the program
To resume normal play
You can modify the program while the program menu screen is
shown on the TV.
Press 3.
• To erase a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) an
unwanted track, then press CLEAR.
• To modify a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) a
track you want to modify, then perform steps 5 to 6 on page 38
(Before entering a new number, press CLEAR).
• To add a step: Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select (highlight) an
empty program step, then perform steps 5 to 6 on page 38.
7 Zoom
You can zoom on the picture while playing back a VCD.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
VCD Special Effect Playback
7 Still Picture/Frame-by-Frame Playback
Press ZOOM.
ZOOM
The zoom indicator appears on the TV.
You can advance the still picture frame by frame while playing a
VCD.
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Press 8 once during playback.
A still picture appears on the TV screen.
• Each time you press the button while the indicator appears, the
magnification changes as follows:
8 PAUSE
No Zoom
Zoom out (12 steps)
2
2
Press 8 repeatedly to advance the
picture frame by frame.
Zoom in (12 steps)
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to move
the portion you want to watch.
ENTER
• Each time you press the button, the picture
advances frame by frame.
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
To cancel the zoom
Press 3.
To resume normal play
Press 3.
39
EN34-39TH-A35[UG].pm6
39
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
MP3 Playback
This system is incorporated with an MP3 decoder. You can playback
MP3 tracks (files) recorded on CD-Rs, CD-RWs, and CD-ROMs.
• Notice that “files” and “tracks” are used interchangeably.
Example: MP3 disc structure and playback order
Hierarchies
What is MP3?
Root
MP3 is an abbreviation of Motion Picture Experts Group (or MPEG)
Audio Layer 3. MP3 is simply a file format with a data compression
ratio of 1:10 (128 Kbps*). That means, by using MP3 format, one
CD-R or CD-RW can contain 10 times as much data volume as a
regular CD can.
* Bit rate is the average number of bits that one second of audio data
will consume. The measuring unit used is Kbps (1000 bits per
second).
To get a better audio quality, choose a higher bit rate. The most
popular bit rate for encoding (recording) is 128 Kbps.
1
1
2
2
4
5
6
3
3
7
8
9
4
5
6
MP3 File Compatibility
• This system can only read MP3 files that are recorded in the
format that is compliant with ISO 9660 Level 1 or Level 2.
• The system can play MP3 files only with the following file
extensions: “.MP3,” “.Mp3,” “.mP3,” and “.mp3.”
• This unit can show ID3v1* tags on the TV-screen.
* An MP3 file can contain file information called “ID3 Tag” where
its album name, performer, track title, etc. are recorded. There are
two versions—ID3v1 (ID3 Tag version 1) and ID3v2 (ID3 Tag
version 2).
• This unit is not compatible with ID3v2.
Disc structure—How are MP3 files recorded
and played back?
“MP3 files (tracks)” can be recorded in “folders,” in PC
terminology.
During recording, the files and folders can be arranged in a way
similar to arranging files and folders of computer data.
“Root” is similar to the root of a tree. Every file and directory can be
linked to the root.
In compliance with ISO 9660, the maximum allowable depth of
nested folders—so-called “hierarchy”—is eight (inclusive of the
root).
Playback order, files search order, and folder search order of the
MP3 files recorded on a disc are determined by the writing (or
encoding) application; therefore, playback order may be different
from the one you have intended while recording the folders and the
files.
0
7
8
$
%
^
9
&
*
(
: Indicates folders
: Indicates files (tracks)
NOTES for MP3 disc
• MP3 discs (either CD-R or CD-RW) require a longer readout time.
(It differs due to the complexity of the folder/file configuration.)
• When an MP3 disc is loaded, you cannot adjust the subwoofer
output level.
40
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
40
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
=
~
!
@
#
English
The on-screen display
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
CENTER
1
3
6
7
4
REAR-R
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
VCR
TV VOL
4 5
00:00:17
Brow Disc
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
File:BEZIQUE.mp3
Artist:
Album:
Comments:
Song:
Genre:
Year:
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
3
Play Track 1/28
_ CARD
1 SOLITAIRE
6
2 BEZIQUE.m
7
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
1 2
VCR
MUTING REC/MEMORY
6
7
AUDIO VOL
1 : Track number
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
3
2 : Current folder name
3 : Current track (file) and total number of the tracks
in the current folder
• Ex.: 1st track is playing out of 28 tracks recorded.
CHOICE
7
4 /¢
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
8
5 : Elapsed playing time
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
4 : Play mode
6 : Playback track (highlight)
ZOOM
7 : File information
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
SURROUND
• If the MP3 file has ID3v1 tag, file information appears.
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
To go to another track
For in-depth information about a disc to be played back, see
“Disc Introduction—DVD/VCD/CD” on page 24.
Starting Playback
Press ¢ or 4 during playback.
• ¢ : Skip to the beginning of the next track.
• 4 : Skip to the beginning of the previous track.
It is recommended to turn on your TV when playing back an MP3
disc.
1
Insert an MP3 disc.
After detecting the disc, on-screen display appears on the TV.
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
1
SOLITAIRE
6
7
2
BEZIQUE.m
BRIDGE.mp3 8
3
4
CANASTA.m 9
5
COPAC.MP3 10
Press 8.
Brow Disc
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
To resume play, press 3.
To stop during playback
File:BEZIQUE.mp3
Artist:
Album:
Comments:
Song:
Genre:
Year:
2
To stop playback for a moment
Press 7.
To start playback again
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
the track, then press ENTER.
ENTER
Playback starts.
Press 3.
The marked (highlight) track starts playback.
To remove the disc
Note:
Press 0 on the front panel.
The disc tray comes out.
If the loaded disc is not recorded in the audio CD format, MP3 format,
or JPEG format, “Error” appears on the TV screen.
To close the disc tray, press 0 again.
41
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
41
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
MP3 Playback
To start playback of the
selected track
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
Notes:
• Only 10 tracks can be shown on the TV.
To move to next 10 tracks, press cursor 3 repeatedly.
To move to previous 10 tracks, press cursor 2 repeatedly.
• If you move to another folder, playing back stops.
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
Moving to a Particular Track Directly
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
You can move to a particular track on the current folder directly.
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
From the remote control ONLY:
ENTER
Press the number buttons to
select a track number you
want.
3
CHOICE
7
4 /¢
ENTER
Number
buttons
8
TEST
DVD
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select the track,
then press ENTER.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
The system starts playback from the
selected track.
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
8
DSP
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
ZOOM
•
•
•
•
SURROUND
SLEEP
To select number 5, press 5 then press ENTER.
To select number 10, press 1, 0 then press ENTER.
To select number 23, press 2, 3 then press ENTER.
To select number 123, press 1, 2, 3 then press ENTER.
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Operations Using the On-Screen Display
It is recommended to turn on your TV when playing back an MP3
disc.
Programming the Playing Order of the
Tracks — Program Play
You can arrange the track playback order before you start playing.
From the remote control ONLY:
When the loaded MP3 disc is recognized, the following on-screen
display appears on the TV screen. (The contents of this on-screen
display varies according to the disc—the way MP3 tracks were
recorded on the disc.)
1
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to
select “Brow Disc,” then press
ENTER.
ENTER
“Brow Disc (Browse Disc) ” changes
to “Crea Prog (Create Program).”
From the remote control ONLY:
Button
To do
ENTER
Start playback or go into a folder.
3/2 /5/∞
Select a track or folder.
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
6
1 SOLITAIRE
7
2 BEZIQUE.m
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
2
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
the track.
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
1 SOLITAIRE
6
2 BEZIQUE.m
7
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
42
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
42
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
ENTER
You can perform following operation same as in normal playback.
Press ENTER.
The selected track is marked (highlight).
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
6
1 SOLITAIRE
7
2 BEZIQUE.m
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
ENTER
Press ¢ or 4 during playback.
• ¢ : Skip to the beginning of the next track.
• If you press ENTER again, the marked track is canceled.
4
To go to another track
• 4 : Skip to the beginning of the previous track.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 to program other tracks you
want.
To stop playback for a moment
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
6
1 SOLITAIRE
7
2 BEZIQUE.m
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
Press 8.
To resume play, press 3.
• You can select the track in another folders.
• You cannot select same track more than once during program
play.
5
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
“Crea Prog,” then press
ENTER.
To stop during playback
Press 7.
To start playback again
Press 3.
ENTER
“Crea Prog (Create Program)” changes
to “Brow Prog (Browse Program),” and
selected tracks appear on the TV.
To start playback of the selected track
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select the
track, then press ENTER.
Stop Track 1/28
00:00:00
Brow Prog
Selected Files:
1 BRIDGE.mp3 6
CANASTA.m
2
RUMMY.MP3
CRIBBAGE.
3
OLDMAID.M
4
5
HEART.MP3
6
ENTER
To move to a particular track directly
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to
select the start track, then
press ENTER.
ENTER
The tracks are played in the order you
have programmed.
To exit from program play
Press the number buttons to select a
CENTER
SUBWOOFER
track number you want.
1
2
3
4
REAR-L
REAR-R
• To select number 5, press 5 then press
5
6
7
8
ENTER.
TEST CLEAR SETTING
• To select number 10, press 1, 0 then press 9
0
ENTER.
• To select number 23, press 2, 3 then press
ENTER.
• To select number 123, press 1, 2, 3 then press ENTER.
From the remote control ONLY:
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select “Brow
Prog,” then press ENTER.
“Brow Prog (Browse Program)” changes
to “Brow Disc (Browse disc).”
Playback stops and the stored program is cleared.
ENTER
43
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
43
03.5.19, 5:22 PM
English
3
English
JPEG Playback
What is JPEG?
A still-picture data compression system proposed by the Joint
Photographic Expert Group, which features small decrease in image
quality in spite of its high compression ratio.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
Disc structure
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
On a JPEG disc, each still picture (material) is recorded as a file.
Files are usually grouped into a folder. Folders can also include
another folders, creating hierarchical folder layers.
This system simplifies the hierarchical construction of a disc and
manages folders by “groups.”
This system can recognize up to 999 items in one folder, items
including subfolders and files.
• If there is any type of files other than JPEG files in a folder, those
files are also counted in the total number of 999.
NOTES for JPEG disc
4
REAR-R
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
Number
buttons
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
• JPEG discs (either CD-R or CD-RW) require a longer readout
time. (It differs due to the complexity of the directory/file
configuration.)
• When making a JPEG disc, select ISO 9660 Level 1 or Level 2 as
the disc format.
• This system supports “multi-session” discs (up to 5 sessions).
• This system cannot play “packet write” discs.
• The system can play JPEG files only with the following file
extensions: “.jpg,” “.jpeg,” “.JPG,” “.JPEG” and any uppercase
and lowercase combination (such as “.Jpg”).
• We recommend to record a file at 640 x 480 resolution. (If a file
has been recorded at a resolution of more than 640 x 480, it will
take a longer time to be shown.)
• This system can play only baseline JPEG files*. Progressive JPEG
files* or lossless JPEG files* cannot be played.
• Some JPEG discs may not be played back because of their disc
characteristics or recording conditions.
* • Baseline JPEG format: Used for digital cameras, web, etc.
• Progressive JPEG format: Used for web.
• Lossless JPEG format: An old type and rarely used now.
3
CHOICE
7
4 /¢
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
8
DSP
ZOOM
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Loading the Disc
Insert a JPEG disc.
After detecting the disc, on-screen display appears on the TV.
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
8
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
Brow Disc
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
44
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
44
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
To stop the slide-show playback temporarily
Press 8 on the remote control.
The on-screen display
3
1 2
Stop
English
Operations Using the On-Screen Display
Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
2 AZURE.JPG
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
5 CYAN.JPG
6
7
8
9
10
4
To resume the slide-show playback
00:00:00
Brow Disc
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
Press 3.
5
To stop the slide-show playback completely
1 : File number
Press 7.
2 : Current folder name
3 : Current file and total number of the files in the
current folder
• Ex.: 1st file is playing out of 22 files recorded.
To skip files forward
4 : Play mode
Press ¢.
5 : Playback file (highlight)
• When press 3 to start playback slide-show, playback starts
this (highlight) file.
To skip files backward
Press 4.
From the remote control ONLY:
Button
To do
ENTER
Start playback or go into a folder.
To rotate a still picture
3/ 2 / 5 / ∞
Select a file or folder.
To select the file.
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞.
ENTER
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞.
When the slide-show stops and the picture is
rotated on the TV.
3: ANGLE 90
∞: ANGLE 180
2: ANGLE 270
5: ANGLE 0
ENTER
To return to normal angle, press the button again or press 5.
Note:
Only 10 files can be shown on the TV.
To move to next 10 files, press cursor 3 repeatedly.
To move to previous 10 files, press cursor 2 repeatedly.
To show the selected file only
Press ENTER.
The selected file (still picture) is shown on
the TV.
To zoom in a still picture
Press ZOOM.
The zoom indicator appears on the TV.
• Each time you press the button while the indicator
appears, the magnification changes as follows:
ZOOM
No Zoom
ENTER
Zoom ✕ 4
Zoom ✕ 1.25
12 steps
Note:
The picture size changes automatically to fit the TV-screen.
To start the slide-show playback
• While the picture is zoomed in, press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to move
the portion you want to watch.
To cancel the zoom, press 3.
Press 3.
Each file (still picture) is shown on the TV for about
few seconds, then changed to the next file one after
another.
• The showing time varies depending on the file size or other factor.
45
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
45
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
English
JPEG Playback
Programming the Playing Order of the
Files — Program Play
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
2
3
REAR-L
5
You can arrange the file playback order before you start playing.
Number
buttons
SUBWOOFER
4
REAR-R
6
7
TEST
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
3 BLACK.JPG
8
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
4 /¢
ENTER
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
ENTER
3
7
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
“Brow Disc,” then press
ENTER.
“Brow Disc (Browse Disc) ” changes to
“Crea Prog (Create Program).”
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
From the remote control ONLY:
1
8
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
2
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
8
DSP
ZOOM
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
3 BLACK.JPG
8
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
3
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
the file.
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
ENTER
Press ENTER.
The selected file is marked (highlight).
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
8
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
Moving to a Particular File Directly
You can move to a particular file on the current folder directly.
The system starts playback from the
selected file.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING
0
• To select number 5, press 5 then press
ENTER.
• To select number 10, press 1, 0 then press ENTER.
• To select number 23, press 2, 3 then press ENTER.
• To select number 123, press 1, 2, 3 then press ENTER.
8
4
Repeat steps 2 to 3 to program
other files you want.
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
8
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
46
ENTER
• You can select the files in another folders.
• You cannot select same file more than once during program
play.
46
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
ENTER
• If you press ENTER again, the marked file is canceled.
From the remote control ONLY:
Press the number buttons to
select a file number you want.
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
“Crea Prog,” then press
ENTER.
English
5
To stop during playback
Press 7.
ENTER
“Crea Prog (Create Program)” changes
to “Brow Prog (Browse Program),” and
selected files appear on the TV.
To start playback again
Press 3.
Stop Track 1/22
00:00:00
Selected Files:
Brow Prog
1 BLACK.JPG
6 AZURE.JPG
2 PURPLE.JP
3
GREEN.JPG
4 WHITE.JPG
5 CYAN.JPG
To rotate a still picture
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞.
ENTER
6
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select
the start file.
ENTER
To zoom in a still picture
ZOOM
Press ZOOM.
7
Press 3 or ENTER.
The selected files are
played in the order you
have programmed.
ENTER
To start playback of the selected file
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select the file,
then press ENTER.
ENTER
To exit from program play
From the remote control ONLY:
Press cursor 3/2/5/∞ to select “Brow Prog,” then press
ENTER.
“Brow Prog (Browse Program)” changes to “Brow Disc (Browse
disc).”
Playback stops and the stored program is cleared.
To move to a particular track directly
Press the number buttons to select a file
CENTER
SUBWOOFER
1
2
3
4
number you want.
REAR-L
REAR-R
• To select number 5, press 5 then press 5
6
7
8
ENTER.
TEST CLEAR SETTING
9
0
• To select number 10, press 1, 0 then
press ENTER.
• To select number 23, press 2, 3 then press ENTER.
• To select number 123, press 1, 2, 3 then press ENTER.
You can perform following operation same as in normal playback.
To go to another file
Press ¢ or 4 during playback.
• ¢ : Skip to the beginning of the next file.
• 4 : Skip to the beginning of the previous file.
To stop playback for a moment
Press 8.
To resume play, press 3.
47
EN40-47TH-A35[UG].pm6
47
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
English
Tuner Operations
Tuning in Stations
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
FM/AM
4
7
1
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
FM MODE
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
MEMORY
2
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
Press and hold TUNING UP or
DOWN until you find the frequency
you want.
The system starts searching for stations and stops when a station
of sufficient signal strength is tuned in.
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
1 /¡
• You can use the number button to enter the station frequency
directly
ZOOM
On the front panel:
SURROUND
1
SLEEP
Press SOURCE repeatedly until the
desired band appears on the display.
DVD
Setting the AM Tuner Interval Spacing
Some countries space AM stations 9 kHz apart, and other countries use
10 kHz spacing.
• 9 kHz interval spacing is the initial setting.
• Each time you do the following procedure, the AM tuner interval
spacing alternates between 9 kHz and 10 kHz.
Select AM as the band.
2
Press CHOICE.
TUNER FM
DIGITAL IN
For basic tuner operations, see “Basic Tuner Operations” on page
16.
1
SOURCE
The last received station of the selected band is
tuned in.
• Each time you press the button, the source changes as follows:
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
2
TUNER AM
ANALOG IN
Press and hold ¢ or 4 until
you find the frequency you want.
• ¢ : Increases the frequency.
• 4 : Decreases the frequency.
The system starts searching for stations and stops when a station
of sufficient signal strength is tuned in.
Notes:
The current setting appears on the display.
CHOICE
3 Press
CHOICE repeatedly to select
the AM interval.
• Eah time you press the button, the AM tuner
interval changes as follows.
10 kHz
• When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the TUNED
indicator lights up on the display.
• When an FM stereo program is received, the STEREO indicator
also lights up.
• When you press the button repeatedly, the frequency changes step
by step.
CHOICE
9 kHz
Press ENTER.
“OK” appears on the display, and the
AM tuner interval chages.
ENTER
48
EN48-49TH-A35[UG].pm6
DOWN - TUNING - UP
• TUNING UP
: Increases the frequency.
• TUNING DOWN : Decreases the frequency.
MENU
CHOICE
4
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TUNING
UP/DOWN
Press FM/AM repeatedly to select the
band.
The last received station of the selected band is tuned
in.
• Each time you press the button, the band alternates between
FM and AM.
8
TEST
TV
Number
buttons
REAR-R
6
DVD
From the remote control:
AUDIO
TV
48
03.5.23, 9:28 PM
English
To tune in a preset station
Using Preset Tuning
From the remote control ONLY:
Once a station is assigned to a channel number, the station can be
quickly tuned. You can preset up to 30 FM and 15 AM stations.
1
To store the preset stations
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Tune in the station you want to preset (see
“Tuning in Stations”).
L
MHz
STEREO
2
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
• To select number 1 to 9, press the
TEST CLEAR SETTING
9
0
corresponding number button, then
press ENTER.
• To select number 15, press 1, 5 then press ENTER.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
REC/MEMORY
“SAVE TO” appears on the display.
When a stereo FM program tuned currently is noisy, you can change
the FM reception mode to improve the reception.
TUNED
R
STEREO
3
Press the number button to
select a preset station.
Selecting the FM Reception Mode
Press MEMORY.
L
2
• You can press ¡/1 to select the preset station.
¡: Increases the preset number.
1: Decreases the preset number.
TUNED
R
FM/AM
The last received station of the selected band is
tuned in.
• Each time you press the button, the band alternates between
FM and AM.
To store the preset stations automatically
From the remote control ONLY:
REC/MEMORY
Press and hold MEMORY for a while.
“AUTO SAVE” appears on the display, and automatic
preset starts.
Local stations with the strong signals are searched for and stored
automatically in the band. When FM preset is over, the band
changes to AM and automatic preset starts.
Press FM/AM repeatedly to select the
band.
From the remote control ONLY:
CENTER
Press the number button to
select a preset number.
1
REAR-L
5
• To select number 1 to 9, press the
corresponding number button.
• To select number 15, press 1, 5.
• To cancel a mis-entry, press CLEAR.
SUBWOOFER
2
TEST
9
3
4
Press FM MODE.
The STEREO indicator goes off from the display and
the program loses the stereo effect.
FM MODE
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
To resume the stereo effect, press FM MODE again.
The stereo effect resumes.
FM MODE
Note:
4
Press ENTER to store the
preset station.
“SAVED” appears on the display and the
station is assigned to the selected preset
number.
5
ENTER
The FM reception mode will also resumes in the following cases:
• When you change the frequency, the preset number, or the band
• When you change the source (If you use SOURCE button on the
unit, the FM reception mode is memoried.)
• When you turn off the system
Repeat steps 1 to 4 until you store all the stations
you want.
To erase a stored preset station
Storing a new station on a used number erases the previously stored
one.
49
EN48-49TH-A35[UG].pm6
49
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
English
Setting up the DVD Preferences
Using the Choice Menus
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
You can adjust the initial setting of DVD playback according to your
preference or needs through five choice menus.
• You need to turn on your TV and select the correct input mode on
the TV.
• You can select the choice menu only when DVD is selected as the
source and playback stops.
• You can only use the remote control for the choice menu operations.
• You can change the language used in the choice menus. See page
51.
AUDIO
TV
7
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
0
9
DVD
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Rating
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
Language:
You can select the initial languages for the disc
menu, audio, and subtitle.
You can also select the language used on the TV
screen while operating this system.
Picture:
You can select the desired options concerning a
picture or monitor screen.
Audio:
You can select digital signal type through the
DIGITAL OUT terminal.
Setting:
You can make the speaker settings according to the
layout of your speakers.
Rating:
You can change the setting the parental lock.
See “Setting the Parental (Rating) Level” on page
55.
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Basic procedure through the choice menus
1
Press CHOICE.
The choice menu appears on the TV.
Language Picture
2
Audio
Setting
Press cursor 3/2 repeatedly to
select one of the choice
menus—Language, Picture,
Audio, Setting, or Rating.
50
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
50
Rating
03.5.19, 5:23 PM
CHOICE
ENTER
Press ENTER
Language Menu
The selected menu appears on the TV.
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Rating
English
3
ENTER
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
0 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
You can select your favorite language you listen to or read on the TV
screen.
When you operate this system or watch a DVD, you will be able to
operate the system or to enjoy a DVD in the language you have
selected and stored.
On the Language menu, you can select the following:
Test Tone
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Rating
Example: When the Setting menu is selected.
4
5
Press cursor 5/∞ repeatedly to
select the item you want to set
up.
On Screen
English
Subtitle
English
Audio
English
English
DVD Menu
Restore default
ENTER
On Screen:
Select the indication language shown on the
TV screen while operating the system. (ex.
PLAY, STOP, PAUSE, etc.)
Subtitle:
Select the subtitle language you read while
watching a DVD.
Audio:
Select the language you listen to while
watching a DVD.
DVD Menu:
Select the menu language recorded on a DVD
which you use while operating the DVD’s own
menu.
Press ENTER
• Each time you press the button, the
setting of the item changes.
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
ENTER
Rating
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
2 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
Test Tone
Example: When the C.Delay is selected.
Notes:
• Some choice menus consist of two pages. Selecting “Next Page”
and pressing ENTER makes its next menu appear on the TV.
• Some items in the choice menus consist of sub-menus to set up.
Selecting them and pressing ENTER makes its sub-menu appear
on the TV. You can set them using cursor 5/∞ and ENTER (as
explained in this basic procedure).
To return from the sub-menu, cursor 2.
Restore default: All choice menu settings (except for
“Interlace” setting in the Picture menu, Rating
level and the password in the Rating menu)
return to initial setting.
If you select this item and press ENTER,
“System Reset” appears on the TV.
To reset the settings, select “OK” and press
ENTER. All choice menu settings return to
initial setting, the choice menu disappears and
the disc is loaded again.
Languages you can select on this menu
To move to another choice menu
Press cursor 5 when the top of the items in the menu is selected.
You can select the following languages separately for each listed
item on the menu.
• For “On screen,”“Audio,” and “DVD Menu”:
English, Spanish, and Chinese.
• For “Subtitle” :
English, Spanish, Chinese, Auto and Off.
Note:
The original language will be selected as the initial language
regardless of your setting in the following cases:
• If the language you have selected is not recorded on the disc.
• If the disc is programmed to be played back in the original
language.
51
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
51
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Setting up the DVD Preferences
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
4
REAR-R
7
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
0
9
DVD
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Picture Menu
• PAL:
On the Picture menu, you can set the following:
Setting
Progressive:
You cannot select this item.
TE Mode:
• On:
You can select the TE (Transition Effect) mode.
When the picture changes and appears on the
TV, the picture appears with transition effect.
The picture appears without effect.
Pause/Still:
• Frame:
Rating
• Field:
• Auto:
Monitor type
4:3Letter Box
TV System
PAL
CVBS YUV
Interlace
Progressive
YPBPR
Next Page
Select the color system.
Select this when the color system of your TV
is NTSC.
Select this when the color system of your TV
is PAL.
Interlace:
Select the video signal type.
• CVBS S_Video: Select this when you use the S-Video cord to
connect a TV.
• CVBS YUV:
Select this when you do not use the S-Video
cord to connect a TV.
• Off:
You can select the desired options concerning a picture or monitor
screen.
Audio
TV System:
• NTSC:
SURROUND
SLEEP
Language Picture
Monitor Type: Select the TV screen size for playing back a
DVD recorded with 16:9 wide screen video
signal.
• 4:3 Letter Box: Select “4:3 Letter Box” when
the aspect ratio of your TV is
4:3. While viewing a wide
screen picture, the black bars
appear on the top and the bottom of the
screen.
• 4:3 Pan-Scan: Select “4:3 Pan-Scan” when
the aspect ratio of your TV is
4:3. While viewing a wide
screen picture, the black bars
do not appear, however, the left and right
edge sides of the pictures will not be shown
on the screen.
• 16:9 Wide:
Select “16:9 Wide” when
the aspect ratio of the TV
is 16:9. (Set the screen
size to full on your TV.)
You can change this mode to get better pictures
when the picture is unclear or noisy.
Normally select “AUTO.” If the picture on a disc
is unclear or noisy, select “Frame” or “Field.”
Select this when the small text or fine
patterns cannot be seen clearly.
Select this when the moving picture is noisy.
Normally select this mode. The system
selects the appropriate mode automatically.
52
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
52
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Audio Menu
Setting Menu
You can select digital signal type through the DIGITAL OUT
terminal.
You can make the speaker settings according to the size and layout
of your speakers.
On the Audio menu, you can set the following:
On the Setting menu, you can set the following:
Language Picture
D Digital
DTS
MP3
CD
Audio
Setting
Rating
Off
Off
Off
Off
Language Picture
• STREAM:
• Off:
MP3:
• Off:
CD / PCM:
• PCM:
• Off:
DownSampling:
• On:
• Off:
Select this when you connect to the DIGITAL
OUT terminal to the linear PCM digital input
of other audio equipment.
Select this when you connect to the digital
input of an amplifier to a built-in Dolby
Digital or DTS multichannel decoder.
Do not out signals in DIGITAL OUT
terminal.
Do not out signals in DIGITAL OUT
terminal.
Select this when you connect to the DIGITAL
OUT terminal to the linear PCM digital input
of other audio equipment.
Do not out signals in DIGITAL OUT
terminal.
Select this when you need to downsample the
digital output signal.
Select this when you do not need to
downsample the digital output signal.
Setting
Rating
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
0 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
Test Tone
Next Page
D Digital / DTS:
• PCM:
Audio
Dynamic Range:You can enjoy a powerful sound at night even at
a low volume level when listening to the sound
with Dolby Digital.
• On:
Select this when you want to apply the
compression effect fully (useful at midnight.)
• Off:
Select this when you want to enjoy surround
with its full dynamic range (no effect
applied.)
C.Delay:
To register delay time for center speaker—from
0 msec to 5 msec. See “Setting the delay time”
on the next page.
R.Delay:
To register delay time for rear speakers—from 0
msec to 15 msec. See “Setting the delay time”
on the next page.
Speaker Set:
Enters Speaker setting sub-menu. See “Speaker
setting” on the next page.
Test Tone:
The test tone menu appears on the TV and the
test tone comes out from the speakers in the
order. See “Adjusting the Sound” on page 23.
• If a disc is not loaded, the test tone does not
come out.
• If there is a speaker from which no sounds
comes out, check the speaker’s connection (see
pages 6 and 7.)
53
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
53
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Setting up the DVD Preferences
7 Setting the delay time
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
REAR-R
6
TEST
4
Number
buttons
7
Adjust the delay time of the sounds from the center speaker and the
rear speakers, comparing to that of the sounds from the front
speakers. If the distance to the center speaker and/or the rear
speakers from your listening point is almost the same as from the
front speakers, select “0 ms (msec).”
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
Center speaker
Left front Subwoofer
speaker
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
Right front
speaker
MUTING REC/MEMORY
3.0 m
AUDIO VOL
2.7 m
TOP
MENU
MENU
2.4 m
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
2.1 m
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
Left rear
speaker
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
Right rear
speaker
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
1 msec increase in delay time corresponds to 30 cm
increase in distance.
Ex. : In this case, set C.Delay to “1 ms” and R.Delay to
“3 ms”
7 Speaker setting
Language Picture
Audio
Subwoofer
Surround
Center
Front Speaker
On
Small
Small
Small
Setting
Rating
Return
Subwoofer:
You cannot select this item.
Surround / Center / Front Speaker:
Select the speaker setting according to the layout
of your speakers. (You cannot select “Off” for
the front speakers.)
• Small:
Select this when the cone speaker unit built in
the speaker is smaller than 12 cm. (Select this
when using the supplied speakers. )
• Off:
Select this when the center speaker and/or
rear speakers are not connected or not in use.
If you want to enjoy monaural source with
the front speakers, select “Off” for the center
speaker.
Return:
Return to the Setting menu.
54
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
54
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
Press cursor ∞ to select
“Rating.”
Using this function, you can restrict playback of DVD containing
violent scenes and those not suitable for your family members.
Nobody can play such a disc unless this function is canceled (See
“To release the parental lock temporarily” below.)
• This setting takes effect only for the DVDs containing the rating
level information—“1. Kid Safe” (most restrictive) to “8. Adult”
(least restrictive).
From the remote control ONLY:
1
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
Setting
ENTER
Rating
1. Kid Safe
• If you do not release the parental lock (“
TV), cannot select “Rating.”
Press CHOICE.
The choice menu appears on the TV.
6
CHOICE
2
English
5
Setting the Parental (Rating) Level
Press cursor 3 repeatedly to
select “Rating.”
” appears on the
Press ENTER repeatedly to
select the level you want.
ENTER
• Each time you press the button, the
parental (rating) level changes.
ENTER
7
3
Press ENTER.
The Rating menu appears on the TV.
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Rating
ENTER
Press cursor 5 to select
“Password”, then press the
number buttons to enter the
password (4 digits) and
ENTER.
“
” changes to “
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
TEST
9
0
” on the menu,
and the parental level changes.
Password
Rating
ENTER
––––
1. Kid Safe
7 To change the password
4
Press the number buttons to
enter the password (4 digits),
then ENTER.
“
” changes to “
” on the menu.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
1
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
TEST
9
0
2
• If you forget your password, enter
“1987”
ENTER
Repeat steps 1 to 4 of “Setting
the Parental (Rating) Level”
procedure.
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
4
REAR-R
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
Press the number buttons to
enter a new password (4 digits),
then ENTER.
“
” changes to “
ENTER
” on the menu.
Your new password is now stored.
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
****
Setting
Rating
1. Kid Safe
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
1. Kid Safe
Setting
Rating
Language Picture
Password
Rating
Audio
Setting
Rating
****
1. Kid Safe
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
Setting
Rating
1. Kid Safe
7 To release the parental lock temporarily
When you set a strict parental level, some discs may not be played
back at all.
If you try to playback such a disc, you need to input the password to
release parental lock temporarily (“Password – – – –” and ”Parental
Locked” appear on the TV.) You cannot play the disc before you
enter the correct password.
When you enter wrong passwords more than three times, “Parental
Lock” appears on the TV and playback stops.
55
EN50-55TH-A35[UG].pm6
55
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Operating JVC’s Components
You can use the remote control to operate not only this unit but also other JVC products.
• Refer also to the manuals supplied for the other products.
– This remote control can operate a VCR whose remote control code is set to A code.
• To operate the other products, aim the remote control directly at the remote sensor on the target product.
❏ To operate a JVC’s TV
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
CONTROL TV
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV VOL +/–
VCR
TV VOL
TV
:
TV/VIDEO
MUTING REC/MEMORY
TV
VCR
Turn on or off the TV.
TV VOL +/–:
Adjust the volume.
TV/VIDEO:
Set the input mode (either TV or
VIDEO).
1 – 9, 0:
Select the channel.
1/ ¡:
Change the channels.
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
Number
buttons
8
TEST
CONTROL
After pressing CONTROL TV on the
remote control, you can perform the
following operations on the TV.
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
1/ ¡
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
ZOOM
❏ To operate a JVC’s VCR
After pressing CONTROL VCR on the
remote control, you can perform the
following operations on the VCR.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
CENTER
1
VCR
2
5
CONTROL VCR
VCR
SUBWOOFER
3
REAR-L
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
:
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
REC
1 – 9, 0:
Select TV channel on the VCR.
3:
Start playback.
7:
Stop operation.
8:
Pause playback. To release it,
press 3.
REC(¶):
Press this button with 3 to start
recording.
Press this button and 8, to enter
recording pause. To release it,
Press 8.
¢:
Fast-wind a tape.
4:
Rewind a tape.
MENU
ENTER
3
CHOICE
4/ ¢
IMPORTANT:
ON SCREEN
8
7
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
Turn on or off the VCR.
Change the channels.
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
1/ ¡
When you press CONTROL TV or CONTROL VCR, some
buttons on the remote control cannot work for operating the
system.
ZOOM
To operate the system, press DVD, FM/AM or AUX .
56
EN56-60TH-A35[UG].pm6
56
VCR
1/ ¡:
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
Number
buttons
8
TEST
DVD
VCR
AUDIO
TV
CONTROL
TV
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
You can use the remote control to operate other
manufactures’ TV.
• Refer also to the manuals supplied for the other products.
• To operate the other products, aim the remote control
directly at the remote sensor on the target product.
❏ To change the transmittable signals for operating a
TV
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press CONTROL TV.
Press and hold TV
.
Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9, and 0.
Press 7.
.
Release TV
Now, you can perform the following operations on the TV.
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
TV
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
CONTROL TV
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
TV VOL +/–
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
Number
buttons
:
Turn on or off the TV.
TV VOL +/–:
Adjust the volume.
TV/VIDEO:
Set the input mode (either TV or
VIDEO)
1 – 9, 0:
Select the channel.
1/ ¡:
Change the channels.
8
TEST
DVD
TV
VCR
TV/VIDEO
.
6. Try to operate your TV by pressing TV
When your TV turns on or off, you have entered the correct
code.
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
If there are more than one code listed for your brand of TV,
try each one until the correct one is entered.
MENU
ENTER
7
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Manufacturers’ codes for TV
1/ ¡
Manufacturer
JVC
FUNAI
GRUNDIG
HITACHI
LG (GOLDSTAR)
MAGNAVOX
MITSUBISHI
NEC
NOKIA
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
RCA
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
ZENITH
Codes
01, 23, 24, 25
32
19
10
18
02
03
20
31
04, 11
02
05
12, 33, 34, 35
13, 16
06
07
26
08, 14
09
Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice. If
they are changed, this remote control cannot operate the
equipment.
57
EN56-60TH-A35[UG].pm6
57
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Operating Other Manufacturers’ TV
English
Maintenance
To get the best performance of the unit, keep your discs and
mechanism clean.
General Notes
Cleaning the unit
In general, you will have the best performance by keeping your
discs, and the mechanism clean.
• Store discs in their cases, and keep them in cabinets or on shelves.
• Keep the disc tray closed when not in use.
• Stains on the unit
Should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the unit is heavily stained,
wipe it with a cloth soaked in water-diluted neutral detergent and
wrung well, then wipe clean with a dry cloth.
• Since the unit may deteriorate in quality, become damaged or
get its paint peeled off, be careful about the following.
— DO NOT wipe it with a hard cloth.
— DO NOT wipe it strong.
— DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine.
— DO NOT apply any volatile substance such as insecticides to
it.
— DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact with
it for a long time.
Handling Discs
• Remove the disc from its case by
holding it at the edge while
pressing the center hole lightly.
• Do not touch the shiny surface of
the disc, or bend the disc.
• Put the disc back in its case after
use to prevent warping.
• Be careful not to scratch the
surface of the disc when placing it
back in its case.
• Avoid exposure to direct sunlight,
temperature extremes, and
moisture.
To clean the disc
Wipe the disc with a soft cloth in a
straight line from center to edge.
DO NOT use any solvent—such as conventional record
cleaner, spray, thinner, or benzine—to clean the disc.
58
EN56-60TH-A35[UG].pm6
58
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Troubleshooting
Use this chart to help you solve daily operational problems. If there is any problem you cannot solve, contact your JVC service center.
PROBLEM
Power does not come on.
The remote control does not work.
No sound.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The power cord is not plugged in.
• It is too far from the center unit, or is not
facing the center unit.
• There is something obstructing the remote
sensor.
• The CONTROL VCR or CONTROL TV
button has been pressed.
• The battery is flat.
• The battery has been inserted the wrong
way round (+/–).
• Sunlight is falling directly on the detector.
•
•
•
Sound is emitted from only one speaker.
No video.
A disc cannot be played.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
“Error” appears on the TV screen.
•
Video and audio are distorted.
•
•
The moving picture is noisy.
•
The edge is missing on the video image.
•
No picture is displayed on the TV screen, the •
picture is blurred, or the picture is divided
into two parts.
Continuous static during FM broadcasts.
•
The system does not work correctly.
•
•
•
•
The VCR cannot be operated using this
remote control.
•
•
SOLUTION
Insert the plug into the socket.
• Come close to the center unit.
• Avoid any obstacles.
• Press DVD, FM/AM or AUX to operate
the system. (See page 56)
• Replace the battery.
• Insert the battery correctly.
• Shade the remote control from direct
sunlight.
• Reconnect the speaker cord.
There is a short in the speaker cord.
• Connect the cord properly. (See page 8.)
The audio cord is not connected properly.
• Select the correct source. (See pages 12 to
An incorrect source has been selected.
18.)
• Press MUTING to cancel muting.
Muting is on.
The disc is copy–protected CD.
• Replace the disc.
The speaker cord is not connected correctly. • Connect the cord properly. (See page 7.)
The video cord is not connected properly.
• Connect the cord properly. (See page 9.)
TV input selection is incorrect.
• Select the correct input.
The system and disc region code numbers
• Replace the disc. (See page 24.)
are incompatible.
The disc causes the parental (rating) error. • Enter password to change the parental
(rating) level. (See page 55.)
The CD-R/RW is not recorded in the audio • Replace the disc.
CD format, MP3 format, or JPEG format.
The disc is dirty.
• Clean the disc.
A VCR is connected between the center unit • Connect the center unit and TV directly.
and the TV.
“Pause/Still” mode may not be set
• Select “Field” on “Pause/Still” mode.
appropriately for the current disc.
(See page 52.)
Initial setup (Monitor Type) was incorrect. • Set Monitor Type correctly.
(See page 52.)
The scanning mode is set to “P-SCAN”
• Change the scanning mode to
though the system is connected to the TV
“INTERLACE.” (See page 11.)
which does not support the progressive
video input such a conventional TV.
The received signal is too weak.
• Connect an external FM antenna (see page 5),
or contact your dealer.
The station is too far away.
• Select another station.
The antenna is not connected correctly.
• Check the connection. (See page 5.)
Lightning or electronic noise interferes with • Switch power off, and remove and re-insert
operation of the microcomputer.
the power plug in the socket.
Immediately after beginning to heat the
• Switch power off and leave the unit a few
room, the unit was moved to a cold location
hours before switching power on again.
causing condensation to form inside.
The remote control is not set for VCR
• Press CONTROL VCR to operate the VCR.
operations.
(See page 56.)
The VCR is not a JVC’s product.
• This remote control can operate a JVC’s
VCR whose remote control code is set to A
code.
59
EN56-60TH-A35[UG].pm6
59
03.5.19, 5:24 PM
English
Specifications
Center unit (XV-THA35)
Subwoofer (SP-WA35)
Amplifier section
Speaker:
Front/Center/Rear:
45 watts per channel, min. RMS at 6 ohms as 1 kHz,
with no more than 10 % total harmonic distortion.
Power Handling Capacity: 100 W
Subwoofer:
100 watts, min. RMS at 10 ohms as 100 Hz,
with no more than 10 % total harmonic distortion.
16 cm
Bass-reflex, Magnetically Shielded
Impedance:
10 Ω (min)
Frequency Range:
25 Hz to 200 Hz
Dimensions (W × H × D): 202 mm × 330 mm × 341 mm
Mass:
4.8 kg
Audio section
Satellite Speakers (SP-THA35F)
Audio input sensitivity/Impedance (at 1 kHz)
Analog input:
AUX (“AUX IN”): 500 mV/47 kΩ
Digital input*:
DIGITAL IN (OPTICAL):
–21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)
* Corresponding to Linear PCM, Dolby Digital, and DTS Digital
Surround (with sampling frequency — 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, 48 kHz)
Digital output:
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):
–21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)
Speakers:
8 cm
Bass-reflex, Magnetically Shielded
Power Handling Capacity: 45 W
Impedance:
6 Ω (min)
Frequency Range:
90 Hz to 20 kHz
Dimensions (W × H × D): 92 mm × 97.5 mm × 92 mm
Mass:
650 g
Designs & specifications are subject to change without notice.
Video section
Color System:
NTSC/PAL
For NTSC discs, the scanning mode can be selected between
interlaced scanning and progressive scanning. For PAL discs,
only interlaced scanning mode is available.
Horizontal Resolution: 480 lines
Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 68 dB
Output Level
VIDEO(Composite): 1.0 V(p-p)/75 Ω
S-VIDEO(Y): 1.0 V(p-p)/75 Ω
(C): 0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Y: 1.0 V(p-p)/75 Ω
PB/PR: 0.7 V(p-p)/75 Ω
Tuner section
Tuning Range
General
Readable Discs:
Power Requirements:
FM : 87.50 MHz – 108.00 MHz
AM : 531 kHz – 1 602 kHz
(at 9 kHz intervals)
530 kHz – 1 600 kHz
(at 10 kHz intervals)
DVD VIDEO, Video CD,
Super Video CD, Audio CD,
CD–R/RW (Audio CD, Video CD,
Super Video CD, MP3 disc, and
JPEG disc), DVD–R (Video format)
AC 110 V – 127 V/220 V – 240 V
adjustable with the voltage selector,
,
50 Hz/60 Hz
Power Consumption:
180 W (at operation)
2 W (in standby mode)
Dimensions (W × H × D): 360 mm × 65 mm × 360 mm
Mass:
6.6 kg
60
EN56-60TH-A35[UG].pm6
60
03.5.22, 9:20 AM
wÐdŽ
U¹u²;« ‰Ëbł
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W¹Ë«e« ‡ …œbF² dþUM —UO²š«
≤∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
≤∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …dýU³ sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ô«
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳«
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —dJ²*« qOGA²«
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« —«d º
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ A-B —«dJð º
≥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wz«uAF« qOGA²« — vz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð ‰uBH« qOGAð
≥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ d³« qOGAð— «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
≥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD W½«uDÝô WOuB)« UOUFH« qOGAð
≥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ«ØW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ º
≥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W¾OD³« Wd(« ÷dŽ º
≥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ .Ëe²« º
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ¡«ełô« ¡ULÝ«
≥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UuKF*« —UNþ«
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ©VCD W½«uDÝô jI® WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« …UM —UO²š«
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …dýU³ sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ô«
≥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳«
≥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —dJ²*« qOGA²«
≥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« —«d º
≥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ A-B —«dJð º
≥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wz«uAF« qOGA²« ≠ vz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð «—U *« qOGAð
≥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ZU½d³« qOGAð ≠ «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
≥π ................................. VCD W½«uDÝô WOuB)« UOUFH« qOGAð
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ«ØW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ º
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W¾OD³« Wd(« ÷dŽ º
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ .Ëe²« º
±∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ` *« l{Ë dOOGð
±± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —uB« j³{
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WO Ozd« …bŠu«
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VOd²« ¡bÐ
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VOd²« q³
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« l WId*« UI×K*« h×
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WODuH« V ²M j³{
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« VOdð
µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ AM WłuË FM Włu wz«u¼ qOuð
∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WŽUL « l{Ë rOLBð jD
∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UŽUL « qOuð
∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ u¹bOH«Ø uB« X½U½u³L qOuð
ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Êu¹eHK²« UÞu³{
≥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VCD/CD U½«uDÝ« qOGAð ±∞
±∞
ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ
ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð
≥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU —UNþ«
¥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡bÐ
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« vKŽ ‡ ÷dF« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ öOGA²«
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …dýU³ sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ô«
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ZU½d³« qOGAð — «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOÝUÝô« DVD öOGAð
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð ±
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —bB*« —UO²š« ≤
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD W½«uDÝ« qOL% ≥
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡bÐ ¥
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« …u Èu² j³{ µ
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DSP l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð ∂
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ·UI¹« ∑
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOÝUÝô« VCD/CD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð ±
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —bB*« —UO²š« ≤
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VCD/CD W½«uDÝ« qOL% ≥
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡bÐ ¥
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« …u Èu² j³{ µ
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DSP l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð ∂
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ·UI¹« ∑
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOÝUÝô« n«u*« öOGAð
¥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ JPEG W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð ±
¥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« qOL%
¥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« vKŽ ‡ ÷dF« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ öOGA²«
¥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …dýU³ sÒOF nK v« ‰UI²½ô«
¥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ZU½d³« qOGAð— UHK*« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Włu*« —UO²š« ≤
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« …u Èu² j³{ ≥
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WD;« vKŽ nOu²« ¥
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DSP l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð µ
¥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ AM Włu n«u UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU j³{
¥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UD;« vKŽ nOu²«
¥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ o³ *« j³C« nOuð ‰ULF²Ý«
¥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë —UO²š«
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOł—U)« …eNłô« s «uôUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ”«d« UŽUL Ð ŸUL²Ýô«
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …¡U{ô« …bý j³{
≤∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XR*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB
¥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ n«u*« öOGAð ±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Èdšô« WOÝUÝô« öOGA²«
µ∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD W½«uDÝô« öOCH𠜫bŽ«
µ∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —UO²šô« rz«u ‰ULF²Ý«
µ± ........................................................................... Language WLzU
µ≤ ............................................................................... Picture WLzU
µ≥ ................................................................................. Audio WLzU
µ≥ ............................................................................... Setting WLzU
µµ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ q¼ô« qH ©nOMBð® Èu² j³{
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUE½ º
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ º
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ º
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DSP ©WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF® ŸU{Ë« º
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« q¹bFð
µ∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ JVC WŽUM X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOGAð ≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD/VCD/CD — U½«uDÝ« sŽ WbI
µ∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s Êu¹eHK²« …eNł« qOGAð
µ∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½UOB«
µπ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y×Ы qOœ
∂∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UH«u*«
±
AR01-05/TH-A35.p65
1
≤µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý —UNþ«
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UuKF*« —UNþ«
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« —UO²š«
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« UG —UO²š«
26/5/03, 5:49 PM
¡«ełô« ¡ULÝ«
WO Ozd« …bŠu«
wÐdŽ
WOUô« WŠuK«
VOLUME
STANDBY
PHONES
STANDBY/ON
D V D
D I G I TA L
C I N E M A
S Y S T E M
SOURCE
SURROUND
DSP
ÆqOUH²« qł« s ”«uô« qš«œ …œułu*« U×HB« ÂU—« dE½«
WOUô« WŠuK«
©¥± ¨≤µ ¨±µ ≠ ±≤® 0 ©‚öžô«Ø`²H«® —“
—bB*« dÒOG¹Ë WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð r²¹ —e« «c¼ jG{ bMŽ UC¹« •
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qÒGA —bB v«
¢ —e« Ë 4 ¨7 ¨3/8 —«—“ô«
—bB*« dÒOG¹Ë WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð r²¹ 3/8 —e« jG{ bMŽ UC¹« •
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qÒGA —bB v«
©¥∏ ¨±∏ ¨±∂ ¨±¥ ¨±≤® SOURCE —bB*« —“
©≤≤ ¨±π ¨±∑ ¨±µ ¨±≥® SURROUND jO;« uB« —“
©≤≤ ¨±π ¨±∑ ¨±µ ¨±≥® DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF —“
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«ØWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —“
©±∑ ≠ ±≤® STANDBY qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« ÕU³BË
©±¥ ¨±≤® W½«uDÝô« WOMO
…¡U{ô« W³*
÷dF« …cU½
©±∂ ¨±¥ ¨±≤® VOLUME uB« …u Èu² jÐU{
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š
©±π® PHONES ”«d« UŽULÝ f³I
STANDBY/ON
÷dF« …cU½
L
LS
C
S
R
RS
P–SCAN
8
3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG
REPEAT 1 A–B
DIGITAL
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
3
kHz
MHz
ÆqOUH²« qł« s ”«uô« qš«œ …œułu*« U×HB« ÂU—« dE½«
÷dF« …cU½
DTS ¨
©≥∏ ¨≥±® PROG ©ZU½d³«® sO³
Ò
©≥∑ ¨≥∂ ¨≥∞ ¨≤π® —«dJ²« l{Ë UMO³
B≠A Ë ¨1 ¨REPEAT —«dJ²« •
©≤∞® ÂuM« sO³
Ò
©≤≤ ¨≤±® uB« …—Uý« UMO³
PRO LOGIC II ¨
DIGITAL •
©¥π® STEREO Ê«uMF« sO³
Ò
WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý
œœd²« …bŠË UMO³
©AM WD;® kHz Ë ©FM WD;® MHz •
uB« …UM UMO³
—bB*« …—Uýô WOU(« uB« «uM sO³ð
Ò •
©±±® P-SCAN Ê«uMF« sO³
Ò
©≤µ® W½«uDÝ« Ê«uMF« sO³
Ò
MP3 Ë VCD ¨CD ¨DVD •
qOGA²« UMO³
8 ©XR*« ·UI¹ô«® —“Ë 3 ©qOGA²«® —“ •
©≤µ® TITLE Ê«uMF« sO³
Ò
©≤µ® TRK ©—U *«® sO³
Ò
©¥∏ ¨±∂® TUNED Ê«uMF« sO³
Ò
©≤µ® CHP ©qBH«® sO³
Ò
≤
AR01-05/TH-A35.p65
2
23/5/03, 2:53 PM
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
wÐdŽ
ÆqOUH²« qł« s ”«uô« qš«œ …œułu*« U×HB« ÂU—« dE½«
STANDBY/ON qOGA²«ØqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« —«—“«
©µ∑ ¨µ∂ ¨±¥ ¨±≤® TV Êu¹eHK²K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —“ æ
©µ∂® VCR
u¹bOH« XOÝU q− * WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —“ æ
©±∑ ≠ ±≤® AUDIO
u¹œËö WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —“ æ
©≤≥® SOUND uB« —“
©µ∑ ≠ µµ ¨¥π ¨¥∑ ¨¥∂ ¨¥≥ ¨¥≤ ¨≥∏ ¨≥µ ¨≥∞ ¨≤∏ ¨≤µ® ÂU—ô« —«—“« æ
©µ≤ ¨≥π ¨≥µ ¨≥≤ ¨≤∏® CLEAR ¡UGô« —“ æ
©≤≥® uB« j³{ —«—“« æ
CENTER ´ Ë ≠ ed*« WŽULÝ —«—“«
SUBWOOFER ´ Ë ≠ WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ —«—“«
REAR-L ´ Ë ≠ Èd O« WOHK)« WŽUL «— «—“«
REAR-R ´ Ë ≠ vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL «— «—“«
TEST h×H« —“
SETTING j³C« —“
©¥π ¨¥∏ ¨≤≥ ¨±∏ ¨±∂ ¨±¥ ¨±≤ ¨±∞® —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“«
AUX wł—U)« “UN'« ¨FM/AM Włu ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« qGA
Ò
æ
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð UC¹« r²¹ —«—“ô« Ác¼ bŠ« jG{ bMŽ æ
CONTROL rJײ« —«—“«
©µ∑ ¨µ∂® TV CONTROL Êu¹eHK²UÐ rJײ« —“ æ
©µ∂® VCR CONTROL u¹bOH« XOÝU q− 0 rJײ« —“ æ
©µ∑ ¨≤∂® TV VOL + Ë ≠ Êu¹eHK²« u …u Èu² iHšË …œU¹“ —«—“«
AUDIO VOL + Ë ≠ u¹œËô« u …u Èu² iHšË …œU¹“ —«—“«
©±∏ ¨±∂ ¨±¥ ¨±≤®
©≤∏® TOP MENU W¹uKF« WLzUI« —“
WLzUI« qOGAð —«—“«
∞ Ë 5 ¨2 ¨3 dýR*« —«—“« æ
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ æ
©µ¥ ≠ µ∞ ¨±±® CHOICE —UO²šô« —“
8 Ë 3 ¨7 —«“ô«
©µ∂ ¨¥∑ ¨¥µ ¨¥≥ ¨¥± ¨≥µ ¨≤µ® ¢ Ë 4 —«—“ô«
©¥∏ ¨±∂® DOWN qHÝö —“Ë TUNING UP vKŽö nOu²« —“
©≥µ ¨≤∑® AUDIO u¹œËô« —“
©≤∑® SUB TITLE wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“
©≥µ® RETURN lOłd²« —“
©±π® DIMMER …¡U{ô« XUš —“
©≤∞® SLEEP ÂuM« —“
©¥π® FM MODE Włu l{Ë —“
©±±® PROGRESSIVE w−¹—b²« ` *« —“
©≥µ ¨≤∏® SEARCH Y׳« —“
©µ∑ ¨µ∂® TV/VIDEO u¹bOH«ØÊu¹eHK²« —“
©µ∂ ¨¥π ¨±∞® REC/MEMORY …d«c«ØqO− ²« —“
©±∏ ¨±∂ ¨±µ ¨±≥® MUTING uB« r² —“
©≥µ ¨≤∏® MENU WLzUI« —“
©≥π ≠ ≥∂ ¨≥¥ ¨≥≤ ≠ ≤π ¨≤∂® ON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“
©µ∑ ¨µ∂ ¨¥π ¨≥π ¨≥∂ ¨≥≥ ¨≤π® 1 Ë ¡ —«—“ô«
©≥π ¨≥≥® SLOW ´ Ë ≠ TD³« —«—“«
©¥∑ ¨¥µ ¨≥π ¨≥≥® ZOOM ÂËËe« —“
©≤∑® ANGLE W¹Ë«e« —“
©≤≤ ¨±π ¨±∑ ¨±µ ¨±≥® SURROUND jO;« uB« —“
©≤≤ ¨±π ¨±∑ ¨±µ ¨±≥® DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF —“
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
CENTER
1
3
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
7
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
0
9
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
≥
AR01-05/TH-A35.p65
VCR
23/5/03, 2:53 PM
VOd²« ¡bÐ
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« VOdð
Æ U¹—UD³« ¡UDž Ÿe½« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË WOHKš vKŽ Ʊ
WUŽ UNO³Mð
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« qš«œ WO½bF ÂU ł« W¹« qšbð ô •
ÆWMOÐUJ« Ë« WODžô« Ë« ¨wž«d« ŸeMð Ë« ¨WO Ozd« …bŠu« pJHð ô •
ÆWÐuÞd« Ë« dDLK WO Ozd« …bŠu« ÷ÒdFð ô •
“UN'« VOdð sU«
ÆWÐuÞd« s wL×Ë j ³M ÊUJ w WO Ozd« …bŠu« V—
Ò •
ÆW¹u¾ Wł—œ ≥µ v« Uł—œ µ 5Ð WO Ozd« …bŠu« ‰uŠ WÐuÞd« ÊuJð Ê« V−¹ •
WHOFC« W¹uN²« V³ ð Ê« sJ1 ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« ‰uŠ WOU W¹uNð œułË s bQð •
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠuK —d{ V³ ð 5 ²« w …œU¹“
WO Ozd« …bŠu« l qUF²«
Vłu*« VDI« ∫WO³DI« oÐUDð s bQð Æ U¹—UD³« qšœ« Æ≤
Æ©≠® VU « l ©≠® VU « VDI«Ë ©´® Vłu*« l ©´®
Æ¡U*UÐ WKK³ p¹b¹ ÊuJð UbMŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ fLKð ô •
pKÝ qB b¹dð UbMŽ ÆpK « Ÿe½ qł« s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ V× ð ô •
ÆpK « —dC²¹ ô v²Š fÐUI« V×Ý«Ë fÐUI« ULz«œ p « ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«
pKÝ V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 Æwz«uN«Ë qOu²« „öÝ« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ bFЫ •
‰uBŠ wz«uN« Ë« qOu²« „öÝ« s U³¹d ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«
qOu² —u;« bײ pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ `BM¹ ÆWýUA« vKŽ g¹uAð Ë« ZO−{
Æg¹uA²« b{ …bOł …—uBÐ ‡ ‰ËeF pK « «c¼ Êô wz«uN«
t½U ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ UbMŽ Ë« ¨wzUÐdNJ« —UO²UÐ qDŽ ‰uBŠ bMŽ •
FM/AM Włu «uM q¦ UI³ WÞu³C*« UÞu³C« ` r²¹ Ê« sJ1
ÆÂU¹« …bŽ w UI³ WÞu³C*« uB« UÞu³{Ë
“UN'« l WId*« UI×K*« h×
Æ¡UDG« l{Ë bŽ« Æ≥
5²¹—UDÐ qLF²Ý« Æ U¹—UD³« ‰ÒbÐ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË WOUF Ë« Èb iH ½« «–«
. R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F) ·Uł Ÿu½
∫tO³Mð
∫ U¹—UD³K oIAð Ë« U¹—UD³« s V¹d ð ‰uBŠ VM−² p–Ë WOU²« UNO³M²« l³ð«
l ©´® Vłu*« VDI« ∫WO³DI« oÐUD²ð YO×Ð bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« l{ •
Æ©≠® VU « l ©≠® VU « VDI«Ë ©´® Vłu*«
ÆWODuH« w WNÐUA²*« U¹—UD³« nK² ð Ê« sJ1 Æ`O×B« U¹—UD³« Ÿu½ qLF²Ý« •
ÆXu« fH½ w iFÐ l U¹—UD³« ULz«œ ‰bÐÒ •
ÆVNK« Ë« …—«d×K U¹—UD³« ÷ÒdFð ô •
Æ“UN'« l WId*« ¨WOU²« UI×K*« œułË s bQ²K h׫
Æ“UN'« l WId*« lDI« œbŽ 5ÝuI« 5Ð œułu*« rd« sO³¹
Ò
©±® bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË •
©≤® U¹—UD³« •
©±® AM Włu* Í—UÞ« wz«u¼ •
©±® FM Włu wz«u¼ •
©±® u¹bOH« pKÝ •
©±® AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ fÐU T¹UN •
WŽUL « „öÝ« •
¨vMLO« WOUô« WŽUL «Ë ¨Èd O« WOUô« WŽUL K ∫ *©¥®  ∂
ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË ed*« WŽULÝË
vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL «Ë ¨Èd O« WOHK)« WŽUL K ∫ *©≤®  ±∞
ÆWO³¹dIð w¼ vKŽô« w …—uc*« „öÝô« ‰«uÞ« *
Æ«—u pKOLFÐ qBð« ¨ UI×K*« Ác¼ s U¹« hI½ WUŠ w
WODuH« V ²M j³{
ÆU¹Ëd{ p– ÊU «–« wK¹ U qLŽ« ULz«œ ¨ öOu²« qLŽ q³
WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« WODuH« V ²M ÕU²H WDÝ«uÐ p²IDM* WODuH« V ²M j³{«
WODuH« r— oÐUDð r²¹ YO×Ð ¨wž«dÐ pH ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WODuH« V ²M o“« ÆWOHK)«
ÆtÐ “UN'« ‰ULF²Ý« b¹dð Íc« ÊUJ*« WODu fH½ vKŽ WODuH« WöŽ l
¥
AR01-05/TH-A35.p65
4
23/5/03, 2:53 PM
wÐdŽ
ÆWId*« U¹—UD³« ôË« qšœ« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³
wKŽ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË tÒłË ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« vKŽ œułu*« œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š
VOd²« q³
AM WłuË FM Włu wz«u¼ qOuð
≤
wÐdŽ
≥
qOMOH« …œU0 vDG œdH pKÝ qË« ¨UHOF{ AM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« ÊU «–«
Æ©“UN'« l od dOž®
±
AM Włu* Í—UÞ« wz«u
©“UN'« l od®
wz«u¼ qË« ¨UHOF{ FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« ÊU «–«
Æ©“UN'« l od dOž® FM Włu* wł—Uš
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
©“UN'« l od® FM Włu wz«u¼
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
Uײ qš«œ —UÞô« vKŽ …œułu*« ŸdH²« ◊UI½ qšœ«
ÆAM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« lOL−² …bŽUI«
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
FRONT
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
ANALOG
IN
LEFT
VIDEO OUT
AC IN
L
VIDEO
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
S-VIDEO
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
AUX
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
WO Ozd« …bŠu«
AM Włu wz«u¼ qOuð
AM qOu²« ·«dÞ« l “UN'« l od*« AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« qË«
l œuÝô« pK «Ë ¨AM EXT qOu²« ·dÞ l iOÐô« pK « qË« ÆLOOP
Æ qOu²« ·dÞ
ƉU³I²Ý« qC« vKŽ ‰uB(« r²¹ v²Š —UÞô« —Ëœ
Ò
·dÞ l qOMOH« …œU0 vDG wł—Uš pKÝ qË« ¨UHOF{ ‰U³I²Ýô« ÊU «–« •
l ‰uu AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« „dð«® ÆAM EXT Włu wz«u¼ qOuð
©Æ“UN'«
FM Włu wz«u¼ qOuð
qOu²« ·dÞ l “UN'« l od*« FM Włu wz«u¼ qË«
ÆXR ¡«dłU COAXIAL FM 75 Ω
ÆWOI« …—uBÐ “UN'« l od*« FM Włu wz«u¼ œb
bײ*« pK « qOuð q³ Æwł—Uš wz«u¼ qË« ¨UHOF{ ‰U³I²Ýô« ÊU «–« •
l od*« FM Włu wz«u¼ qB« ¨©wÝUO Ÿu½ qÒu l® ÂË« ∑µ —u;«
Æ“UN'«
∫WEŠö
…œU Ÿe½« ¨qOMOH« …œU0 vDG AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« ÊU «–«
ÆrÝd« w sÒO³ u¼ UL ŸeM«Ë ÍuK« WDÝ«uÐ qOMOH«
µ
AR01-05/TH-A35.p65
5
23/5/03, 2:53 PM
VOd²« ¡bÐ
wÐdŽ
WŽUL « l{Ë rOLBð jD
WŽUL «
Èd O« WOUô«
WOUô« WŽUL «
vMLO«
ed*« WŽULÝ
WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ
WO Ozd« …bŠu«
COMPACT
SUPER VIDEO
D I G I T A L
SURROUND
D I G I T A L • E X
P R O L O G I C
VOLUME
STANDBY
PHONES
STANDBY/ON
D V D
D I G I TA L
C I N E M A
S Y S T E M
T H - A 3 5
SOURCE
SURROUND
DSP
WOHK)« WŽUL «
vMLO«
WOHK)« WŽUL «
Èd O«
Y
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
AC IN
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
CAUTION
CAUTION
SUBWOOFER IMPEDANCE
10 OHMS
SPEAKER IMPEDANCE
6-8 OHMS
WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ v«
ed*« WŽULÝ v«
vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL « v«
FRONT
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
Èd O« WOUô« WŽUL « v«
vMLO« WOUô« WŽUL « v«
Èd O« WOHK)« WŽUL « v«
∂
AR06-09/TH-A35.p65
6
23/5/03, 2:52 PM
wÐdŽ
UŽUL « j³{ bMŽ
UŽUL « q l{u ÃU²% ¨“UN'« «c¼ s sJ2 u qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
ÊuJð YO×Ð ŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU *« fH½ vKŽ WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
…œUŽ sJË ¨q« ‡ …—uBÐ w¼U&« ’U³« u ÆlL² LK WNł«u WŽUL « WbI
w sÒO³ u¼ UL WOUô« Èd O«Ë vMLO« WŽUL « 5Ð WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ l{
ÆqHÝô«
WŽUL «
WOUô«
Èd O«
ed*« WŽULÝ
dH¹u« WŽULÝ
WOŽdH«
WŽUL «
vMLO« WOUô«
UŽUL « qOuð
·«dÞô« l WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË ed*« WŽULÝË X¹ôU² « UŽULÝ qË«
ÆWId*« WŽUL « „öÝ« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ WOHK)« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*«
WdF*Ë qOu²« ·dÞË WŽUL « sÒO³² WŽUL « „öÝ« vKŽ W²Ò³¦ W½uK*« UIBK*«
ÆUNM q qOuð WOHO
¨ed WŽUL -ŸU{Ë« Íô fL)« X¹ôU² « UŽULÝ ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 •
ÆvM1Ë Èd ¹ WOHKš UŽUL Ë ¨vM1Ë Èd ¹ WOU« WŽUL Ë
dšô« pK «Ë ¨ÊuK*« ©´® ·dD« l oBK*« tOKŽ œułu*« ÊuK*« pK « qË« •
Æw«u²« vKŽ œuÝô« ©≠® ·dD« l
∫tO³Mð
·«dÞ« WDÝ«uÐ WMO³*« SPEAKER IMPEDANCE WŽUL « WF½U2 «– UŽULÝ qLF²Ý«
Æ UŽUL «
qOu²« ·«dÞ« l WŽUL « „öÝ« qOuð
WOHK)« WŽUL «
Èd O«
≥
WŽUL «
vMLO« WOHK)«
≤
±
ŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU *« fH½ vKŽ UŽUL « l{Ë …—bI ÂbŽ WUŠ w
U u K F q ł « s Æ W O H K ) « U Ž U L « Ë e d * « W Ž U L d O š Q ² « X Ë j ³ { p M J 1
vKŽ œułu*« “ Setting WLzU ” r dE½« ¨dOšQ²« XË j³{ ‰uŠ WKBH
Ƶ ¥ Ë µ≥ U×HB«
∫WEŠö
ÆqOu²« ·dÞ p³A `²«
ÆWŽUL « pKÝ qšœ«
Æp³A*« oKž«
v« ŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU *UÐ bOFÐ bŠ v« WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ —uÞ oKF²¹
Ò
‰uB(« qł« s —uD« dOOGð pMJ1 ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË WOUô« UŽUL «
qOuð ·«dÞ« l UŽUL « „öÝ« qOuð WDÝ«uÐ qC« ’UÐ u vKŽ
l oBK*« tOKŽ œułu*« ÊuK*« pK « -WÝuJF …—uBÐ WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ
ÆÊuK*« qOu²« ·dÞ l œuÝô« pK «Ë ¨œuÝô« ·dD«
∫tO³Mð
‰Òu h ý q³ s UŽUL « VOdð V−¹ ¨—«b'« vKŽ X¹ôU² « UŽULÝ VOdð bMŽ
ÆVOd²UÐ
◊uIÝ s lu²*« dOž —dC« VÒM−² p–Ë p HMÐ —«b'« vKŽ X¹ôU² « UŽULÝ VÒdð ô
Æ—«b'« nF{ Ë« `O×B« dOž VOd²« V³ Ð ¨—«b'« s UŽUL «
ÕËdł qB×¹ Ê« sJ1 Æ—«b'« vKŽ UŽUL « VOd² ÊUJ*« —UO²š« bMŽ ÁU³²½ô« V−¹
UÞUAM« l ÷—UF²¹ ÊUJ w UŽUL « VOdð - «–« “UN−K —d{ Ë« ’U ýö
ÆWOuO«
•
•
∫WEŠö
qOMOH« …œU Ÿe½« ¨qOMOH« …œU0 vDG WŽUL « pKÝ ÊU «–«
ÆrÝd« w sÒO³ u¼ UL ŸeM«Ë ÍuK« WDÝ«uÐ
·«dÞ« ×Uš v« WuAJ*« WŽUL « „öÝ« ÃËdš ÂbŽ s bQð
Æ”U9 ‡ qDŽ p– V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 ÆqOu²«
∑
AR06-09/TH-A35.p65
7
±
≤
≥
23/5/03, 2:52 PM
•
•
VOd²« ¡bÐ
u¹bOH«Ø uB« X½U½u³L qOuð
Æ öOu²« qLŽ q³ X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«
w¼ qHÝô« w …—uc*« Ãd)«Øqšb« ·«dÞô WO×O{u²« UuÝd«
ÆWOł–u/ WK¦«
qOGAð U³O² v« UC¹« lł—« ¨dšô« X½U½u³LJ« “UNł qÒuð UbMŽ
vKŽ Ÿu³D*« wIOI(« qOu²« ·dÞ rÝ« Êô X½U½u³LJ« “UNł
ÆX½U½u³LJ« …eNł« 5Ð nK² ¹ WOHK)«
WDÝ«uÐ WO Ozd« …bŠu« l dšô« X½U½u³LJ« “UNł qË«
Æ u pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý«
Íd²ý« Ë« dšô« X½U½u³LJ« “UNł l od*« uB« pKÝ qLF²Ý«
ÆWO½Ëd²Jô« …eNłô« lOÐ ö× s u pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® wL— ÍdBÐ pKÝ A
X½U½u³L 5Ð wÒDš ‰œUF q¦ u ‡ e¹eFð “UNł qOuð WUŠ w
«c¼ s uB« Ãdš ÁuA²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨WO Ozd« …bŠu«Ë —bB*«
Æ“UN'«
©“UN'« l od dOž® uB« pKÝ B
qšb« qOuð ·«dÞ«
DBS n«u
MD q−
Ò
ÍdB³« pK « qOuð q³
ÆW¹UL(« fÐU Ÿe½« ¨wLd«
DIGITAL
IN
DBS n«u
DIGITAL
OPTICAL OUT
A
WO Ozd« …bŠu«
ANALOG
IN
VIDEO OUT
L
VIDEO
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
XOÝU „œ
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
S-VIDEO
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
MD q−
Ò
Y
PB
PR
u¹bO XOÝU q−
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
AUX
AUDIO
LEFT
ANALOG
IN
RIGHT
L
OUT
R
Êu¹eHKð
B
Ãd)« qOuð ·«dÞ«
ÍdB³« pK « qOuð q³
ÆW¹UL(« fÐU Ÿe½« ¨wLd«
DIGITAL
OUT
A
MD q−
Ò
DIGITAL
OPTICAL IN
“UNł qOu² OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)« ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w
“Audio WLzU ” r dE½« ÆW×O× …—uBÐ Ãd)« …—Uý« Ÿu½ d²š« ¨wł—U)« X½U½u³LJ«
æ
Ƶ≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
∏
AR06-09/TH-A35.p65
8
23/5/03, 2:52 PM
wÐdŽ
u X½U½u³L “UNł qOuð
Êu¹eHK²« qOuð
Æ“UN'« «c¼ l WId dOž X½U½u³LJ« u¹bO pKÝË S-video pKÝ
ÆWO½Ëd²Jô« …eNłô« lOÐ ö× s u¹bO pKÝ Íd²ý« Ë« dšô« X½U½u³LJ« “UNł l WId*« u¹bOH« „öÝ« qLF²Ý«
©“UN'« l od® u¹bOH« pKÝ
wÐdŽ
©“UN'« l od dOž® X½U½u³LJ« u¹bO pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® S-video pKÝ
…—Uý« Ÿu½ d²š« ¨Êu¹eHK²« qOu² S-video pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w
vKŽ œułu*« “Picture WLzU ” r dE½« ÆW×O× …—uBÐ u¹bOH«
Ƶ≤ W×H
—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ rŽb¹ p½u¹eHKð ÊU «–«
Æ©±± W×H dE½«® w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë jOAMð WDÝ«uÐ WOUŽ WOŽu½
•
Æ C Ë B ¨ A — WŁö¦« öOu²« Ÿ«u½« bŠ« —UO²š« pMJ1
u¹bO fÐUI Ë«ØË ©Y/C ‡ qB® S-video f³I vKŽ p½u¹eHKð Èu²Š« «–« •
l od dOž® S-video pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ rNKË« ¨ (Y, P , P ) X½U½u³L
Æ C ©“UN'« l od dOž® X½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ Ë«ØË ¨ B ©“UN'«
— qC« …—u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1 ¨fÐUI*« Ác¼ ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ
ÆVÒd u¹bO S-video X½U½u³L u¹bO ∫VOðd²UÐ
R
•
B
VIDEO OUT
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
Êu¹eHKð
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
LEFT
FRONT
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
ANALOG
IN
LEFT
VIDEO OUT
AC IN
L
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
Y
PB
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM LOOP
AM
EXT
R
OPTICAL
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
AUX
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
Y
PB/CB
PR/CR
—UO²« cšQ Wײ l WO Ozd« …bŠuK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qOuð pMJ1 ¨Êô«
ÆjzU(« w …œułu*« AC wzUÐdNJ«
∫ UEŠö
ÆWýUA« vKŽ g¹uAð Ë« ZO−{ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 Æwz«uN« „öÝ«Ë qOu²« „öÝ« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ bFЫ
ÆwKš«œ VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− vKŽ Íu²×¹ Êu¹eHKð l Ë« VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− ‰öš s Êu¹eHKð l “UN'« «c¼ qOuð bMŽ ¨…—uB« ÁuA²ð Ê« sJ1
Æ“UN'« l od*« AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU T¹UN qLF²Ý« ¨AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU l AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« ×U Uײ o«uð ÂbŽ WUŠ w
π
AR06-09/TH-A35.p65
9
23/5/03, 2:52 PM
•
•
•
Êu¹eHK²« UÞu³{
ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð
±
W½«uDÝ« —bB v« —bB*« dOG²¹
Ò
ÆDVD W½«uDÝô« —“ jG{«
ÆDVD
Æ≥ …u?D?)« v« V¼–« ¨WKšb dOž W½«uDÝô« X½U «–«
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
DVD
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
REAR-R
6
TEST
7
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV
ENTER
r²¹ ¨5¹—e« s ö UNÐ jGCð …d q w
Ë “NTSC” ÂUE½ 5Ð Êu¹eHK²« ÂUE½ ‰œU³ð
Æ“PAL” ÂUE½
≥
MUTING REC/MEMORY
REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹
…d«c«ØqO− ²« —“ jG{«
—“Ë REC/MEMORY
ÆiFÐ l ENTER ‰ušb«
PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
REC/MEMORY
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
Æ7 —e« jG{« ≤
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
DVD
4
wÐdŽ
ÂUEM oÐUD*« ÊuK« ÂUE½ d²š« ÆNTSC ÂUE½Ë PAL ÂUE½ l o«u² “UN'« «c¼
Ë« ¨CD u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« Êu ÂUE½ Ê« s bQð Æp½u¹eHKð
Æp½u¹eHKð Êu ÂUEM oÐUD ·öG« vKŽ œułu*« SVCD W½«uDÝ«
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
7
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
•
ÆNTSC p½u¹eHKð Êu ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š« ∫ NTSC
ÆPAL p½u¹eHKð Êu ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š« ∫ PAL
∫ UEŠö
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
r dE½« Æ—UO²šô« WLzU s Êu¹eHK²« Êu ÂUE½ —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ∫WEŠö
Ƶ≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “Picture WLzU”
` *« l{Ë dOOGð
pÐUA²*« ` *« ÂUE½ pcË (480p*) w−¹—b²« ` *« ÂUE½ “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹
Æ(480i*) ÍœUO²Žô«
t½U ¨w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ rŽbð X½U½u³L u¹bO fÐUI vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« Èu²Š« «–«
Æw−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë jOAMð WDÝ«uÐ WOUŽ …œuł …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
ÆÊu¹eHK²« l WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð U³O² v« UC¹« lł—« •
¨w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ rŽbð ô X½U½u³L u¹bO fÐUI vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« Èu²Š« «–« •
Æ(P-SCAN MODE) w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë vKŽ ` *« l{Ë dÒOGð ô
Æu¹bOH« …—Uýô ` *« U—u l ` *« ◊uDš œbŽ 480i Ë 480p l{u« sO³¹
Ò *
Æw−¹—bð ` U—u l jš ¥∏∞ u¼ ` *« ◊uDš œbŽ Ê« sO³¹
Ò 480p •
ÆpÐUA² ` U—u l jš ¥∏∞ u¼ ` *« ◊uDš œbŽ Ê« sO³¹
Ò 480i •
rŽbð u¹bO X½U½u³L fÐUI0 «œËe p½u¹eHKð ÊU «–« ` *« l{Ë —UO²š« pMJ1
Æw−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ
±∞
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
10
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
—uB« j³{
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
Æ…—uB« dNE vKŽ dŁRð V¦×Ð «d²«—U³« q¹bFð pMJ1
±
w−¹—b² ` *« —“ jG{« ≤
DVD
ÆDVD W½«uDÝô« —“ jG{«
wÐdŽ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
qOGAð ¡UMŁ« CHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«±
ÆW½«uDÝô«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ‡ WýUý vKŽ e¹eF²« WLzU dNEð
CHOICE
Video Enhance
Brightness
Edges
Color
Contrast
≤
bOQð WDÝ«uÐ qCH*« dNE*« —UNþô Z¹—b²UÐ j³{« •
Æ…—uB«
WýUA« …¡U{« …bý j³C
ÆWýUA« …ÒbŠ j³C
ÆWýUA« Êu j³C
ÆWýUA« s¹U³ð j³C
ENTER
∫
∫
∫
∫
(…¡U{ô« …bý) Brightness
(·«u(«) Edges
(ÊuK«) Color
(s¹U³²«) Contrast
lÐU²²UÐ 3¥2 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æj³C« dOOG²
≥
¥
…—uB« e¹eFð WLzU wH² ð
ÆCHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«
.
CHOICE
ÆPROGRESSIVE
` *« l{Ë ‰œU³ð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
Ë “INTERLACE” pÐUA²*« ` *« l{Ë 5Ð
Æ “P-SCAN” w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë
∫INTERLACE pÐUA²*« ` *« l{Ë
lÐU²²UÐ 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
—UO²šô
ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« d²«—U³«
ENTER
PROGRESSIVE
∫ UEŠö
ÆwËô« j³C« v« …—uB« e¹eFð j³{ lłd¹ ¨“UN'« qOGAð XHË« «– «
w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ l{Ë rŽb¹ ô p½u¹eHKð ÊU «–« l{u« «c¼ d²š«
Æ©ÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHKð®
∫©w−¹—b²«® P-SCAN ≠ ` *« l{Ë
qšœ rŽbð X½U½u³L u¹bO fÐUI0 «œËe p½u¹eHKð ÊU «–« l{u« «c¼ d²š«
Æw−¹—b²« u¹bOH«
vKŽ P-SCAN sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨“P-SCAN” w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë —U² ð UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý
∫ UEŠö
¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« PROGRESSIVE w−¹—b²« ` *« —“ XDG{ «–«
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹
…—uBÐ WI«u² dOž wUF« ‡ qOKײ« U½u¹eHKðË w−¹—b²« ` *« U½u¹eHKð iFÐ
W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ WOFO³Þ dOž …—u p– sŽ Z²M¹ YOŠ ¨“UN'« «c¼ l WKU
Æw−¹—b²« ` *« l{uÐ DVD
pÐUA²*« ` *« l{Ë vKŽ ` *« l{Ë dÒOž ¨WU(« Ác¼ q¦ w
Æ“INTERLACE”
ÆwK;« JVC ¡öLF« Ubš ed0 qBð« ¨p½u¹eHKð o«uð h×H
Wdý WŽUM s wUF« ‡ qOKײ« U½u¹eHKðË w−¹—b²« ` *« U½u¹eHKð lOLł
Æ“UN'« «c¼ l WKU …—uBÐ WI«u² JVC
` *« l{Ë ‰uŠ
WI¹dDÐ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—uB« ÷dF W¹bOKI²« ` *« WI¹dÞ vL ð
vL ð® WOIô« ◊uD)« nB½ jI ÷dŽ r²¹ ¨WI¹dD« ÁcNÐ Æ“pÐUA²*« ` *«”
r²¹ ¨dš« vMF0 ¨©—UÞ«® …œdH …—u qÒLJð 5KIŠ q «cN ÆbŠ«Ë XuÐ ©“qIŠ”
qI(UÐ UŽu³² U¹œd ‡ WLd*« ◊uD)« q vKŽ Íu²×¹ Íc« ¨‰Ëô« qI(« ÷dŽ
ÆUOłË“ ‡ WLd*« ◊uD)« q vKŽ Íu²×¹ Íc« ¨w½U¦«
¨bŠ«Ë XuÐ WOIô« ◊uD)« q w−¹—b²« ` *« ÂUE½ ` 1 ¨Èdš« WNł s
p– sŽ Z²M¹ YOŠ ¨bŠ«Ë XuÐ W{ËdF*« ` *« ◊uDš œbŽ WHŽUC pMJ1 «cN
ÆWOUŽ WU¦ «–Ë ¨ÃU&—« ‡ ÊËbÐ …—u
Ë«® V«d*« Íu²×¹ Ê« V−¹ ¨WO−¹—bð …—uBÐ WŠu L*« —uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö
u¹bO ôUšœ« vKŽ “UN'« «c¼ l tKOu𠜫d*« ©—u²JOłËd³« Ë« Êu¹eHK²«
Æw−¹—bð `
u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« nOMBð sJ1 ¨—uB« …œU —bB U—u vKŽ «œUL²Ž«
U½«uDÝ« iFÐ Ê« kŠô® u¹bOH« —œUBË Âöô« —œUB ∫5ŽuMÐ DVD
Æ©u¹bO —bBË Âö« —bB vKŽ Íu²% DVD u¹bOH«
u¹bOH« —œUB ULMOÐ ¨WO½U¦UÐ —UÞ« ‡ ≤¥ UuKFL WK− Âöô« —œUB
Æ©WO½U¦UÐ pÐUA² qIŠ ∂∞® WO½U¦UÐ —UÞ« ‡ ≥∞ UuKFL WK− (NTSC)
WO−¹—bð Ãdš «—Uý« s¹uJð r²¹ ¨Âö« —bB …œU “UN'« «c¼ qÒGA¹ UbMŽ
¨u¹bO —bB …œU qOGAð bMŽ ÆWOKô« UuKF*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WJÐUA² dOžË
YOŠ WJÐUA² dOž WOL¼Ë …—u qLF WJÐUA²*« ◊uD)« 5Ð ◊uDš “UN'« lC¹
Æw−¹—bð ` …—UýU …—uB« “UN'« Ãd ¹
±±
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
11
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
•
•
•
—bB*« —UO²š«
≤
ÆDVD W½«uDÝô« —“ jG{«
DVD
ÆDVD —bB v« —bB*« dOG²¹
Ò
DVD W½«uDÝ« qOL%
≥
…bŠË vKŽ …œułu*«—«—“ô« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²« UOKLŽ VÒO²J« «c¼ ÕdA¹
…bŠu« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1 ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ«
vKŽ …œułu*« ¡ULÝö WNÐUA © UöŽ Ë«® ¡ULÝ« qL% X½U «–« WO Ozd«
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
qOGA²« UOKLŽ sŽ WO Ozd« …bŠu« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²« UOKLŽ XHK²š« «–«
Æ’uB)« «cNÐ Õdý błu¹ t½U ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI
l{ p– bFÐË ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO `²H 0 —e« jG{«
ÊuJ¹ Ê« …UŽ«d l W×O× …—uBÐ DVD W½«uDÝ«
ÆvKŽö UN−² oBK*« V½Uł
DVD
`O× dOž
`O×
ÆW½«uDÝô« XO³¦ð “UNł qLF² ð ô
qOGA²« ¡bÐ
¥
•
Æ3 —e« jG{«
…¡«dI« …—Uý« dNEð ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð
ÆWDO Ð …b*
ÆWDO Ð …b* W½«uDÝô« qOL% …—Uý« dNEð
W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öž« WDÝuÐ qOGA²« ¡bÐ UC¹« sJ1 •
ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« 0 —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
µ
≤
µ
TV/VIDEO
MUTING
AUDIO VOL +/-
“READING”
uB« …u Èu² j³{
±
AUDIO
TV
7
∑
DSP
3
∂
¥
∂
SURROUND
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
Æ AUDIO VOL + —e« vKŽ jGC«
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
Æ AUDIO VOL ≠ —e« vKŽ jGC«
AUDIO VOL
VOLUME
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
—ÒËœ lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
VOLUME
uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ ÁU&UÐ
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
VOLUME uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ fJŽ ÁU&UÐ
∫tO³Mð
ÊU «–« Æ—bB Í« qOGAð q³ sJ1 U q« l{Ë vKŽ uB« …u Èu² l{ ULz«œ
WOUF« uB« WUÞ V³ ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨‰UŽ u² vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu²
Æ UŽUL K —d{ Ë«ØË pFL «—d{ W¾łUH*«Ë
dE½« ¨DVD qOGAð XKOKLŽ ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s •
Æ≥≥ v« ≤¥ U×HB«
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð
Æ`O×B« u¹bOH« qšœ d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qÒGý ¨“UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð q³
©ÆÊu¹eHK²« l od*« qOGA²« ULOKFð VÒO² dE½«®
WDÝ«uÐ Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð pMJ1 ¨JVC Wdý WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
—UO²š«Ë ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« TV Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð —“ jG{
ÊU «–«® ÆTV/VIDEO u¹bOH«ØÊu¹eHK²« —UO²š« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ u¹bOH« qšœ
s Êu¹eHK²« …eNł« qOGAð” r dE½« ¨JVC Wdý WŽUM s fO p½u¹eHKð
©ÆVÒO²J« «c¼ s µ∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM
…œułu*« UuKF*« ÷dŽ ≠ OSD WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qzUÝ— dOOG² •
“Language WLzU” r dE½« ¨WÐuKD WG v« ≠ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
Ƶ± W×HB« vKŽ œułu*«
∫ UEŠö
Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ AUDIO VOL ´ Ë« ≠ uB« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš uB« …u
.± ¨“©bŠ q«® MIN ” ≠ …uDš ∂¥ ‰öš s uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð sJ1
Æ“©bŠ d¦«® MAX ” ¨∂≤ v«
s d¦« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ l “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« WUŠ w
Èu² vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ·uÝ ¨“≤µ” Èu²
ÆWœUI« …d*« w “UN'« qOGAð bMŽ ¢“≤µ”
STANDBY/ON —e« Ë«® AUDIO
•
AUDIO
•
•
±
—e« jG{«
Æ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
W³* ¡wCðË STANDBY qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ wH² ¹
—bB*« ÊUOÐ dNE¹ ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« vKŽ …œułu*« …¡U{ô«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ oÐU « w —U² *«Ô
±≤
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
12
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
wÐdŽ
WOÝUÝô« DVD öOGAð
∫ UEŠö
wÐdŽ
j³{ ‰ÒbŽ ¨DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« jOAMð q³
Æ“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K UŽUL «
r dE½« ¨WŽUL « j³{ q¹bFð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Ƶ≥ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “Setting WLzU ”
qOGA²« ·UI¹«
∑
Æ5ðd 7 —e« jG{«
. Uýô« dNEðË UOK qOGA²« nu²¹
jG{ bMŽ v²ŠË qOGA²« W¹UN½ WDI½ kHŠ “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
WDÝ«uÐ WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³ð UbMŽ Æ…bŠ«Ë …d 7 —e«
·UM¾²Ý«—“UN'« U¼bMŽ nuð w²« WDIM« s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨3 —e« jG{
ÆqOGA²«
“UN'« qš«œ …œułu*« W½«uDÝô« ëdšô
Æ0 —e« jG{«
Ãd ðË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “OPEN” `²H« …—Uý« dNEð
Æ×U K W½«uDÝô« WOMO
ÆWO½UŁ …d 0 —e« jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô
W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM*
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI
—e«Ë 3¥8 —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
ÆÊ«uŁ ≥ s d¦« …b* 4
WýUý vKŽ “LOCKED” qHI« …—Uý« dNEð
ÆWKHI W½«uDÝô« WOMO `³BðË ¨÷dF«
lÐUðË jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM ¡UGô
d¦« …b* 4 —e«Ë 3¥8 —e« vKŽ jGC«
ÆÊ«uŁ ≥ s
vKŽ “UNLOCK” qHI« p …—Uý« dNEð
dOž W½«uDÝô« WOMO `³BðË ¨÷dF« WýUý
ÆWKHI
W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²J
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆMUTING uB« r² —“ jG{«
MUTING
ÆWO½UŁ …d MUTING uB« r² —“ jG{« ¨ uB« …œUF²Ýô
UC¹« AUDIO VOL + Ë« - uB« …u Èu² iHš Ë« …œU¹“ —“ jG{ •
Æ uB« bOF² ¹
DSP
l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð
bMŽ jI DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½Ë wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ qOFHð r²¹
WLE½ô« Ác¼ «—UýUÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«
uB«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ ≠ wLd« …UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB«
DTS wLd« jO;«
bMŽ jI DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ qOFHð r²¹
ÆWLE½ô« Ác¼ «—UýUÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«
DTS wLd« jO;«
uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ jOAM²
jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ «—UýUÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ
l UOJOðUuðË« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð √b³¹Ë W½«uDÝô« “UN'« nA²J¹ ¨DTS wLd«
Æ…UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB« jOAMð
r dE½« ¨jO;« uB« ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ ”
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ PRO LOGIC II
II pOłu ËdÐ ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
SURROUND
ÆSURROUND jO;« uB« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
PL II MUSIC
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH
STANDBY/ON —e« Ë«® AUDIO
AUDIO
—e« jG{«
Æ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
PRO LOGIC II
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ ¡wC¹Ë …¡U{ô« W³* wH² ð
ÆSTANDBY
—e« Ë«® AUDIO —e« XDG{ «–« •
©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
STANDBY/ON
p– bFÐË ¨UOJOðUuðË« W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð ¨WŠu²H W½«uDÝô« WOMO ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ«
Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« r²¹
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë w v²Š WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« s WKOK WOL „öN²Ý« r²¹ •
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« sŽ UOK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ s
∂
æ
r dE½« ¨II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ”
¨CONCERT ‰UH²Šô« ≠ DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«
¨THEATER Õd *« ¨HALL WŽUI« ¨STADIUM Âu¹œU² «
LIVE HOUSE WÒO(« WŽUI«
DSP
DSP ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
ÆDSP —e« jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« DSP l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL DSP l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
CONCERT
STADIUM
uB« ôU− qLŽ” r dE½« ¨DSP ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u«
±≥
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
13
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
WOÝUÝô« VCD/CD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
DVD
≤
≥
ÆDVD W½«uDÝô« —“ jG{«
VCD/CD W½«uDÝ« qOL%
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI
l{ p– bFÐË ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO `²H 0 —e« jG{«
ÊuJ¹ Ê« …UŽ«d l W×O× …—uBÐ DVD W½«uDÝ«
ÆvKŽö UN−² oBK*« V½Uł
±
AUDIO
TV
DVD
≤
wÐdŽ
—bB*« —UO²š«
µ
TV/VIDEO
MUTING
AUDIO VOL +/-
`O× dOž
`O×
…dz«b« vKŽ W½«uDÝô« l{ ¨©rÝ ∏® …œdH CD W−b W½«uDÝ« ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMOB WOKš«b«
WLE²M dOž ‰UJý« «– CDs U½«uDÝô dL² *« ‰ULF²Ýô« V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 •
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠuK —d{ ©a« ¨qJA« WO½ULŁ ¨VK ‡ qJý vKŽ U½«uDÝ«®
ÆW½«uDÝô« XO³¦ð “UNł qLF² ð ô •
qOGA²« ¡bÐ
¥
7
DSP
∑
3
∂
¥
∂
SURROUND
Æ3 —e« jG{«
…¡«dI« …—Uý« dNEð ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð
ÆWDO Ð …b*
W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öž« WDÝuÐ qOGA²« ¡bÐ UC¹« sJ1 •
ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« 0 —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
“READING”
uB« …u Èu² j³{
µ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
AUDIO VOL + —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
Æ
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
Æ AUDIO VOL - —e« vKŽ jGC«
AUDIO VOL
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
—ÒËœ lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
VOLUME
VOLUME
uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ ÁU&UÐ
—ÒËœ lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
ÁU&UÐ VOLUME uB« …u Èu² jÐU{
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ fJŽ
∫tO³Mð
qOGAð ¡«dł« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ SVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð sJ1
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ«
¨VCD/CD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Æ≥π v« ≥¥ U×HB«Ë ≤µ \≤¥ U×HB« dE½«
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð
Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ AUDIO VOL ´ Ë« ≠ uB« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš uB« …u
∞± ¨“©bŠ q«® MIN ” ≠ …uDš ∂¥ ‰öš s uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð sJ1
Æ“©bŠ d¦«® MAX” ¨∂≤ v«
s d¦« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ l “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« WUŠ w
Èu² vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ·uÝ ¨“≤µ” Èu²
ÆWœUI« …d*« w “UN'« qOGAð bMŽ “≤µ”
•
•
•
±
Æ`O×B« u¹bOH« qšœ d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qÒGý ¨“UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð q³
©ÆÊu¹eHK²« l od*« qOGA²« ULOKFð VÒO² dE½«®
WDÝ«uÐ Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð pMJ1 ¨JVC Wdý WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
—UO²š«Ë ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« TV Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð —“ jG{
ÊU «–«® ÆTV/VIDEO u¹bOH«ØÊu¹eHK²« —UO²š« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ u¹bOH« qšœ
s Êu¹eHK²« …eNł« qOGAð” r dE½« ¨JVC Wdý WŽUM s fO p½u¹eHKð
©ÆVÒO²J« «c¼ s µ∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM
…œułu*« UuKF*« ÷dŽ ≠ OSD WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qzUÝ— dOOG² •
“Language WLzU” r dE½« ¨WÐuKD WG v« ≠ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
Ƶ± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*«
ÊU «–« Æ—bB Í« qOGAð q³ sJ1 U q« l{Ë vKŽ uB« …u Èu² l{ ULz«œ
WOUF« uB« WUÞ V³ ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨‰UŽ u² vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu²
Æ UŽUL K —d{ Ë«ØË pFL «—d{ W¾łUH*«Ë
∫ UEŠö
•
AUDIO
WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
AUDIO
—e« jG{«
STANDBY/ON —e« Ë«®
Æ©WOUô«
W³* ¡wCðË STANDBY qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ wH² ¹
—U² Ô*« —bB*« ÊUOÐ dNE¹ ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« vKŽ …œułu*« …¡U{ô«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ oÐU « w
•
±¥
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
14
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
qOGA²« ·UI¹«
∑
W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²J
wÐdŽ
Æ5ðd 7 —e« jG{«
. Uýô« dNEðË UOK qOGA²« nu²¹
jG{ bMŽ v²ŠË qOGA²« W¹UN½ WDI½ kHŠ “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
—e« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³ð UbMŽ Æ…bŠ«Ë …d 7 —e«
ÆqOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý«—“UN'« U¼bMŽ nuð w²« WDIM« s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨3
“UN'« qš«œ …œułu*« W½«uDÝô« ëdšô
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆMUTING uB« r² —“ jG{«
MUTING
ÆWO½UŁ …d MUTING uB« r² —“ jG{« ¨ uB« …œUF²Ýô
UC¹« AUDIO VOL + Ë« - uB« …u Èu² iHš Ë« …œU¹“ —“ jG{ •
Æ uB« bOF² ¹
Æ0 —e« jG{«
Ãd ðË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “OPEN” `²H« …—Uý« dNEð
Æ×U K W½«uDÝô« WOMO
ÆWO½UŁ …d 0 —e« jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô
DSP
l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð
ÆDSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«Ë II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
ËdÐË vIOÝuLK II pOłu ËdÐ - II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
Âöö II pOłu
W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM*
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI
—e«Ë 3¥8 —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
ÆÊ«uŁ ≥ s d¦« …b* 4
WýUý vKŽ “LOCKED” qHI« …—Uý« dNEð
ÆWKHI W½«uDÝô« WOMO `³BðË ¨÷dF«
AUDIO
STANDBY/ON —e« Ë«® AUDIO
—e« jG{«
Æ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ ¡wC¹Ë …¡U{ô« W³* wH² ð
ÆSTANDBY
—e« Ë«® AUDIO —e« XDG{ «–«
WOMO ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ« ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
STANDBY/ON
·UI¹« r²¹ p– bFÐË ¨UOJOðUuðË« W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð ¨WŠu²H W½«uDÝô«
Æ“UN'« qOGAð
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë w v²Š WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« s WKOK WOL „öN²Ý« r²¹
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« sŽ UOK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ s AC
•
•
II pOłu ËdÐ ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
SURROUND
ÆSURROUND jO;« uB« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
lÐUðË jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM ¡UGô
d¦« …b* 4 —e«Ë 3¥8 —e« vKŽ jGC«
ÆÊ«uŁ ≥ s
vKŽ “UNLOCK” qHI« p …—Uý« dNEð
dOž W½«uDÝô« WOMO `³BðË ¨÷dF« WýUý
ÆWKHI
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH
∂
PL II MUSIC
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
PRO LOGIC II
æ
r dE½« ¨II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ”
¨CONCERT ‰UH²Šô« ≠ DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«
¨THEATER Õd *« ¨HALL WŽUI« ¨STADIUM Âu¹œU² «
LIVE HOUSE WÒO(« WŽUI«
W½«uDÝUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ jI DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë« qOFHð r²¹
ÆwD)« PCM ÂUEMÐ WK−
DSP ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
DSP
ÆDSP —e« jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« DSP l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL DSP l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
CONCERT
STADIUM
r dE½« ¨DSP ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ ”
∫WEŠö
j³{ ‰ÒbŽ ¨DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« jOAMð q³
Æ“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K UŽUL «
r dE½« ¨WŽUL « j³{ q¹bFð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Ƶ≥ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “Setting WLzU ”
±µ
AR10-15/TH-A35.p65
15
23/5/03, 2:51 PM
WOÝUÝô« n«u*« öOGAð
SOURCE
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
Æ…—U² Ô*« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹
∫wK¹ UL —bB*« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
CENTER
1
TUNER FM
DIGITAL IN
TUNER AM
ANALOG IN
uB« …u Èu² j³{
≥
FM/AM
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
AUDIO VOL
≤
5
3
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —ÒËœ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ ÁU&UÐ VOLUME
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
VOLUME uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ fJŽ ÁU&UÐ
•
•
•
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING
MUTING REC/MEMORY
MUTING
AUDIO VOL
MENU
TUNING
DOWN/UP
DSP
µ
¥
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
µ
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
r dE½« n«u*« öOGAð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s •
Æ¥π Ë« ¥∏ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “n«u*« öOGAð”
n«u* eðd¼ uKO π u¼ UD;« nOuð qUH wËô« j³C« •
qU j³{” r dE½« ÆnOu²« qU dOOGð pMJ1 ÆAM Włu
Æ¥∏ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ AM Włu n«u UD× 5Ð nOu²«
W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²J
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆMUTING uB« r² —“ jG{«
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
ENTER
ÊU «–« Æ—bB Í« qOGAð q³ sJ1 U q« l{Ë vKŽ uB« …u Èu² l{ ULz«œ
WOUF« uB« WUÞ V³ ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨‰UŽ u² vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu²
Æ UŽUL K —d{ Ë«ØË pFL «—d{ W¾łUH*«Ë
∫ UEŠö
0
TOP
MENU
∫tO³Mð
Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ AUDIO VOL ´ Ë« ≠ uB« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš uB« …u
∞± ¨“©bŠ q«® MIN ” ≠ …uDš ∂¥ ‰öš s uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð sJ1
Æ“©bŠ d¦«® MAX” ¨∂≤ v«
s d¦« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ l “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« WUŠ w
Èu² vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ·uÝ ¨“≤µ” Èu²
ÆWœUI« …d*« w “UN'« qOGAð bMŽ “≤µ”
8
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
AUDIO VOL +/-
Æ AUDIO VOL + —e« vKŽ jGC«
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
Æ AUDIO VOL - —e« vKŽ jGC«
VOLUME
7
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
DVD
≥
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
±
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
DVD
AUDIO
VCR
wÐdŽ
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
Włu*« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ SOURCE —bB*« —“ jG{«
WýUý vKŽ © TUNER AM Ë« TUNER FM® WÐuKD*«
Æ÷dF«
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð
AUDIO
STANDBY/ON
±
—e« Ë«® AUDIO —e« jG{«
Æ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
…¡U{ô« W³* ¡wCðË STANDBY qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ wH² ¹
w —U² Ô*« —bB*« ÊUOÐ dNE¹ ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« vKŽ …œułu*«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ oÐU «
…d MUTING uB« r² —“ jG{« ¨ uB« …œUF²Ýô
ÆWO½UŁ
uB« …u Èu² iHš Ë« …œU¹“ —“ jG{ •
Æ uB« bOF² ¹ UC¹« AUDIO VOL + Ë« -
Włu*« —UO²š«
FM/AM
≤
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
ÆFM/AM Włu —“ jG{«
Æ…—U² Ô*« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹
Æ AM Ë FM Włu 5Ð ‰œU³²« r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
±∂
AR16-19/TH-A35.p65
16
23/5/03, 2:50 PM
¨CONCERT ‰UH²Šô« ≠ DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«
¨THEATER Õd *« ¨HALL WŽUI« ¨STADIUM Âu¹œU² «
LIVE HOUSE WÒO(« WŽUI«
WD;« vKŽ nOu²«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
wÐdŽ
DSP ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
ÆDSP —e« jG{«
DSP
DOWN - TUNING - UP
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« DSP l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL DSP l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
CONCERT
STADIUM
Ë« TUNING UP vKŽö nOu²« —“ jG{«
dOOG²« œœd²« √b³¹ v²Š DOWN qHÝö
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ …dL² …—uBÐ
ÆWD;« sŽ Y׳« “UN'« √b³¹
¨WOU …—uBÐ W¹u …—Uý« «– WD× vKŽ nOu²« bMŽ
nOu²« sÒO³ ¡wC¹Ë ¨Y׳« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
æ
LIVE HOUSE
¥
r dE½« ¨DSP ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ ”
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
œœd²« √b³¹ v²Š ¢ —e« Ë« 4 —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ …dL² …—uBÐ dOOG²«
∫ ∫WEŠö
∫ UEŠö
j³{ ‰ÒbŽ ¨DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« jOAMð q³
Æ“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K UŽUL «
r dE½« ¨WŽUL « j³{ q¹bFð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Ƶ≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “Setting WLzU ”
.STEREO u¹dO²Ý u¹dO² « sÒO³ UC¹« ¡wC¹ ¨u¹dO²Ý FM ZU½dÐ ‰U³I²Ý« bMŽ •
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš œœd²« dÒOG²¹ ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« jG{ bMŽ
DSP
l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð
µ
•
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH ÆDSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«Ë II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
AUDIO
STANDBY/ON —e« Ë«® AUDIO
—e« jG{«
Æ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sÒO³ ¡wC¹Ë …¡U{ô« W³* wH² ð
ÆSTANDBY
l{Ë w v²Š WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« s WKOK WOL „öN²Ý« r²¹ •
qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« sŽ UOK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ s AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«
ËdÐË vIOÝuLK II pOłu ËdÐ - II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
Âöö II pOłu
SURROUND
II pOłu ËdÐ ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
ÆSURROUND jO;« uB« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
æ
PL II MUSIC
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
PRO LOGIC II
æ
r dE½« ¨II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ”
±∑
AR16-19/TH-A35.p65
17
23/5/03, 2:50 PM
Èdšô« WOÝUÝô« öOGA²«
SOURCE
∫wK¹ UL —bB*« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
•
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
TUNER FM
DVD
DIGITAL IN
5
TUNER AM
•
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
≤
FM/AM
AUX
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
AUDIO VOL +/-
≥
8
0
DVD
WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð VÒO² dE½« ¨wł—U)« “UN'« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Æ“UN'« l
MUTING
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2
ENTER
ENTER
Æ AUDIO VOL + —e« vKŽ jGC«
jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
Æ AUDIO VOL - —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË
VOLUME
7
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
ANALOG IN
Æwł—U)« “UN'« vKŽ qOGA²« √bЫ
AUDIO VOL
REAR-R
6
TEST
4
wÐdŽ
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ SOURCE —bB*« —“ jG{«
qšb« Ë« “ANALOG IN” dþUM²*« qšb« …—Uý«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ“ DIGITAL IN ” wLd«
CHOICE
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —ÒËœ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ ÁU&UÐ VOLUME
lÐUðË jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)
VOLUME uB« …u Èu² jÐU{ —Ëœ
Ò
ÆWŽU « »—UIŽ fJŽ ÁU&UÐ
DIMMER
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SURROUND
SLEEP
DSP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
∫tO³Mð
Æ—bB Í« qOGAð ¡bÐ q³ sJ1 U q« l{Ë vKŽ uB« …u Èu² l{ ULz«œ
uB« WUÞ V³ ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨‰UŽ u² vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu² ÊU «–«
Æ UŽUL K —d{ Ë«ØË pFL «—d{ W¾łUH*«Ë WOUF«
∫ UEŠö
Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ AUDIO VOL ´ Ë« ≠ uB« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš uB« …u
∞± ¨“©bŠ q«® MIN ” ≠ …uDš ∂¥ ‰öš s uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð sJ1
Æ“©bŠ d¦«® MAX” ¨∂≤ v«
s d¦« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ l “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« WUŠ w
Èu² vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ·uÝ ¨“≤µ” Èu²
ÆWœUI« …d*« w “UN'« qOGAð bMŽ “≤µ”
•
•
qšb« fÐUI l ‰uu*« wł—U)« “UN'« s «uôUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
dþUM²*« qšb« Ë« OPTICAL DIGITAL IN wLd« ÍdB³«
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠuK WOHK)« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« ANALOG IN
Æ—bBL AUX wł—U)« “UN'« d²š«
•
W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²J
MUTING
WOł—U)« …eNłô« s «uôUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆMUTING uB« r² —“ jG{«
ÆWO½UŁ …d MUTING uB« r² —“ jG{« ¨ uB« …œUF²Ýô
UC¹« AUDIO VOL + Ë« - uB« …u Èu² iHš Ë« …œU¹“ —“ jG{ •
Æ uB« bOF² ¹
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
ÆAUX wł—U)« “UN'« —“ jG{«
AUX
∫wK¹ UL —bB*« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
ANALOG IN
±
•
DIGITAL IN
fÐUI l ‰uu*« wł—U)« “UN'UÐ ŸU²L²Ýö l{u« «c¼ d²š« ∫ ANALOG IN
ÆANALOG IN dþUM²*« qšb«
·dÞ l ‰uu*« wł—U)« “UN'UÐ ŸU²L²Ýö l{u« «c¼ d²š« ∫ DIGITAL IN
ÆOPTICAL DIGITAL IN wLd« ÍdB³« qšb« qOuð
±∏
AR16-19/TH-A35.p65
18
23/5/03, 2:50 PM
wÐdŽ
”«d« UŽUL Ð ŸUL²Ýô«
Æ”«d« UŽULÝ WDÝ«uÐ uBUÐ ŸUL²Ýô« pMJ1
WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« PHONES ”«d« UŽULÝ f³I l ”«d« UŽULÝ qË«
WDÝ«uÐ uBK ŸUL²Ýô« pMJ1Ë WO Ozd« UŽUL « qOGAð ·UI¹« r²¹ ÆWOUô«
Æ”«d« UŽULÝ
UŽUL « jAM¹
Ò PHONES ”«d« UŽULÝ f³I s ”«d« UŽULÝ qB æ
ÆWO Ozd«
∫tO³Mð
∫ uB« …u Èu² iHš s bQð
wUF« uB« …u Èu² Êô ¨”«d« vKŽ UŽUL « l{Ë Ë« qOuð q³ æ
ÆpO½–«Ë ”«d« UŽULÝ s ö —dCð Ê« sJ1
Æ UŽUL « s wUŽ u Ãd ¹ Ê« sJ1 t½ô ¨”«d« UŽULÝ Ÿe½ q³ æ
…¡U{ô« …bý j³{
…¡U{ô« `OÐUBË ÷dF« …cU½ vKŽ …œułu*« UMO³*« …¡U{« …bý iHš pMJ1
Æed*« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*«
¨j³C« s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹
ÆWO½UŁ …d ± …uD)« s √bЫ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
DIMMER
SLEEP
lÐU²²UÐ DIMMER …¡U{ô« XUš —“ jG{«
DIMMER ” …¡U{ô« XUš …—Uý« dNEð v²Š
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “©wU(« j³C« l®
WýUý qš«œ ÊUO³« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL WO Ozd« ÷dF«
DIMMER*
uB«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ ≠ wLd« …UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB«
ÆDTS wLd« jO;«
bMŽ jI DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ qOFHð r²¹
ÆWLE½ô« Ác¼ «—UýUÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«
DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ jOAM²
jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ «—UýUÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ
l UOJOðUuðË« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð √b³¹Ë W½«uDÝô« “UN'« nA²J¹ ¨DTS wLd«
Æ…UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB« jOAMð
r dE½« ¨jO;« uB« ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ”
ËdÐË vIOÝuLK II pOłu ËdÐ - II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
Âöö II pOłu
SURROUND
±
Èu² j³C 3¥2 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æ…¡U{ô« …bý
∫wK¹ UL …¡U{ô« …bý Èu² dOG²¹
Ò
II pOłu ËdÐ ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
ÆSURROUND jO;« uB« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
PL II MUSIC
æ
PL II MOVIE
PL II OFF
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
PRO LOGIC II
*
**
≤
æ
¥
wLd« …UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB« ≠ jO;« uB« Ÿ«u½UÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
Ë II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ë«Ë ¨©DTS wLd« jO;« uB«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ®
ÆDSP
SLEEP**
ÆwU(« Èu² *« —UNþ« l
ÆwI³²*« Xu« —UNþ« l
ENTER
…—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë Ë« jOAM« jO;« uB« l{Ë
DSP W¹DSP WOLd«
æ
r dE½« ¨II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ”
¨CONCERT ‰UH²Šô« ≠ DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«
¨THEATER Õd *« ¨HALL WŽUI« ¨STADIUM Âu¹œU² «
LIVE HOUSE WÒO(« WŽUI«
DSP ŸU{Ë« jOAM²
ÆDSP —e« jG{«
DSP
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« DSP l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL DSP l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
DIMMER MIN ©bŠ q«®
DIMMER MID ©jÝu²®
LIVE HOUSE
DSP OFF
DIMMER MAX ©bŠ vKŽ«®
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “OK” …—Uýô« dNEð
Æ…¡U{ô« …bý Èu² dOG²¹Ë
Ò
ENTER
≥
THEATER
19
CONCERT
STADIUM
r dE½« ¨DSP ŸU{Ë« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s ≠
Æ≤≤ v« ≤± U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ ”
∫WEŠö
j³{ ‰ÒbŽ ¨DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë Ë« jO;« uB« jOAMð q³
Æ“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K UŽUL «
r dE½« ¨WŽUL « j³{ q¹bFð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Ƶ≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “Setting WLzU ”
±π
AR16-19/TH-A35.p65
HALL
23/5/03, 2:50 PM
æ
æ
Èdšô« WOÝUÝô« öOGA²«
∫wK¹ UL qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË dOG²¹
Ò
ENTER
≤
æ
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
10
20
30
60
5
90
REAR-R
6
TEST
7
©¡UG«®
ENTER
150
120
0
DVD
FM/AM
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
TV
≥
VCR
TV VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
CHOICE
…—Uý« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ SLEEP ÂuM« —“ jG{«
WýUý vKŽ “©wI³²*« Xu« l® SLEEP” ÂuM«
Æ÷dF«
æ
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
SLEEP
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
ÂuM« XR ¡UGô
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
XR ·UI¹« …—Uý« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ 3¥2 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
v —uc*« ¡«dłô« w ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “SLEEP OFF” ÂuM«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨vKŽô«
ÆÂuM« XR wGK¹ UC¹« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB
3/2
ENTER
ENTER
‡ ·UI¹« XË 5×¹ v²Š wI³²*« Xu« dOOGð Ë« h×H
qOGA²«
DIMMER
—«—“« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË dOOGð pMJ1
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{ p– bFÐË 3¥2 dýR*«
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
ÆUOJOðUuðË« qOGA²« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹ ¨qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
SLEEP
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
¡wC¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “OK” …—Uýô« dNEð
ÆÂuM« sO³
Ò
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
SLEEP OFF
4
wÐdŽ
XË —UO²šô 3¥2 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆqOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹
æ
XR*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB
ÆÂuM« XR ≠ vIOÝuLK ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« ÂuMK œuK)« pMJ1
¨j³C« s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹
ÆWO½UŁ …d ± …uD)« s √bЫ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
DIMMER
SLEEP
dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ SLEEP ÂuM« —“ jG{«
vKŽ “©wI³²*« Xu« l® SLEEP” ÂuM« …—Uý«
Æ÷dF« WýUý
∫wK¹ UL WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý qš«œ ÊUO³« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
DIMMER*
±
æ
SLEEP**
ÆwU(« Èu² *« —UNþ« l *
ÆwI³²*« Xu« —UNþ« l **
≤∞
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
20
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ
**DTS
wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½
ÆwF«Ë u ‰U− qLF wOU²« jO;« uB« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUE½ æ
II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ æ
wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ æ
DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ æ
DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë« æ
º
wÐdŽ
U½«uDÝô« Z«d³ …UMI« œbF² u «—U v« ŸUL²Ýö ÂUEM« «c¼ qLF² ¹
Æ© ® WöF« qL% w²«Ë DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ …dHA*«
…UM 5.1 wL— u U—u ÂUE½ u¼ DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½
¨LD W¹—eOK« W½«uDÝô«Ë ¨CD W−b*« W½«uDÝô« Z«dÐ vKŽ du²Ë qBHM
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ«Ë
Ác¼ sÒJ9 ÆUO³ ½ WCH M uB« jG{ W³ ½ ¨wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ l W½—UI
«uö oLŽË ŸU ð« WU{« s DTS wLd« jO;« uB« U—u WIOI(«
wFO³Þ uBÐ DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ eÒOL²¹ ¨pc W−O²MË ÆW½uJ²*«
Æ·UË aÝ«—Ë
ÂUE½ sÒO³ ¡wC¹ ¨DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ «—Uý« “UN'« nA²J¹ UbMŽ
wLd« jO;« uB«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
∫‰U¦
jO× u Ÿ«u½« s Ÿu½ qJ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ U½UO³«
wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½
L
C
R
LS
S
RS
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
L
C
R
LS
S
RS
REPEAT 1 A–B
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
uB« ÂUE½
MHz
kHz
vIOÝuLK II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
L
R
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
R
8
3
MHz
kHz
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
•
REPEAT 1 A–B
DIGITAL AUDIO
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
* II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
—ÒuDË …UMI« œbF² qOGAð U—u vKŽ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ Íu²×¹
—bB*«Ë ¨dþUM²*« —bB*«Ë ¨u¹dO² « —bB ≠ …UM ≤ ‡« —œUB q qOKײ U¦¹bŠ
5.1 vKŽ ≠ w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ dÒHA*« —bB*«Ë ¨wD)«
Ò PCM wLd«
Æ…UM
ÂbŽ vKŽ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUEM fdðU ‡ …bŽUIÐ qOKײ«ØdOHA²« WI¹dÞ qLFð
l W½—UI wHKš u¹dO²Ý u oKš s sÒJ9Ë wHK)« qÐd²K lDI« œœdð b¹b%
ÆÍœUO²Žô« pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUD½
ÊËbÐ WOKô« «uô« s wzUC u s¹uJð s II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ sJ1
Ò
Æ…b¹bł WOLG½ Ê«u« Ë« «u« Í« WU{«
∫vIOÝu l{Ë Ë rK l{Ë ≠ 5F{Ë II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ pK²1
s¹uJ² VÝUM l{u« «c¼ ≠ ©PL II MOVIE® rKHK II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë
WöF« qL% w²«Ë w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ …dÒHA*« —œUB*« s u
Æ
5.1 «u« WDÝ«uÐ ÊÒuJ²*« uB« s «bł V¹d u ‰U−0 ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
ÆWKBHM …UM
s¹uJ² VÝUM l{u« «c¼ ≠ ©PL II MUSIC® vIOÝuLK II pOłu ËdÐ l{Ë
lÝ«Ë uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 Æ…UM ≤ u¹dO²Ý vIOÝu —œUB Í« s u
ÆWI¹dD« Ác¼ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ oOLŽË
5³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ æ
Æ÷dF« …cU½ vKŽ PRO LOGIC II
¿ wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ º
•
REPEAT 1 A–B
Âöö II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½
L
•
REPEAT 1 A–B
AUDIO
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
MHz
kHz
U½«uDÝô« Z«d³ …UMI« œbF² u «—U v« ŸUL²Ýö ÂUEM« «c¼ qLF² ¹
Æ©
® WöF« qL% w²«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ …dHA*«
u U—u vL ð®
Ò ©DOLBY D® 5.1 wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ dOHAð WI¹dÞ
WOUô« …UMI« «—Uý« wL— qJAÐ jGCðË qÒ− ð ©qBHMË …UMI« œbF² wL—
…UMI«Ë ¨Èd O« WOHK)« …UMI«Ë ¨ed*« …UMË ¨vMLO« WOUô« …UMI«Ë ¨Èd O«
ÆLFE iH M*« œœd²« UOUF …UM «—Uý«Ë vMLO« WOHK)«
VÒM−² Èdšô« «uMI« «—Uý« sŽ UOK WKBHM «uMI« Ác¼ s …UM q Ê« U0
u UOUF l «dO¦ qC« u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1 t½U ¨qš«b²«
Æd¦« …—uBÐ jO× uË u¹dO²Ý
vKŽ
DIGITAL sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨wLd« w³Ëœ
DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë« •
L
C
R
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
W¹—U& UöŽ w¼ “DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ” ÂUE½Ë“DTS” ÂUE½ **
ÆWOLd« Õd *« WLE½« W ÝR* WK−
21
«—Uý« “UN'« nA²J¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý
∫ UEŠö
Z«d³« ≠ 5²ŽuL− v« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ …dÒHA*« « Z«d³« lOL& U³¹dIð sJ1
uB« «uUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö Æ…UM ≤ Z«dÐË ©…UM “5.1” W¹UG® …UMI« …œbF²*«
ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ dÒHA …UM ≤ ZU½dÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« jO;«
ÆII pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ
Ë“Dolby” .Dolby Laboratories Wdý s WBš— Vłu0 Z²½√
WdA¹ WUš W¹—U& UöŽ w¼ ÃËœe*« D ed«Ë “Pro Logic”
WþuI× ‚u²(« WU Æ…—uAM dOž W¹dÝ ‰ULŽ√ .Dolby Laboratories
Ʊππ∑–±ππ≤ Dolby Laboratories WdA
≤±
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
º
DOLBY SURROUND
MHz
kHz
DTS wLd« jO;«
8
3
•
w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUE½
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
*
wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ
…UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB« ≠ jO;« uB« s Ÿ«u½« WŁö¦Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ¨©DTS wLd« jO;« uB«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ® wLd«
ÆDSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë«Ë
…—Uýô« dNEð ¨dÒu²*« dOž jO;« uB« l{Ë XDÒA½ «–« æ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ“INVALID ”
DTS wLd« jO;«
uB« Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEM
wLd« jO;« uB« Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ «dÒHA qOGA²« —bB ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
ÆUOJOðUuðË« …UMI« œbF²*« jO;« uB« jÒAM¹Ë …—Uýô« “UN'« nA²J¹ ¨DTS
vKŽ
DIGITAL sÒO³*« TOC¹ ¨UDOA½ wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý
sÒO³*« TOC¹ ¨UDOA½ DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý
vKŽ
æ
æ
II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ŸU{Ëô
ÆSURROUND jO;« uB« —“ jG{«
SURROUND
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë dNE¹
II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
∫wK¹ UL
PL II MUSIC
ÆWLN jO× u dUMŽ qLF DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë« rOLBð - bI
Ë« w(« vIOÝu*« ÍœU½ Ë« ¨ öH(« WŽU Ë« ¨Õd *« qš«œ ŸuL *« uB« nQ²¹
…dÒJ³ u UÝUJF½« — …dýU³ dOž «u«Ë …dýU³ «u« s hd« ÍœU½
Í« ÊËbÐ …dýU³ lL² *« …dýU³*« «uô« qBð ÆnK)« s UÝUJF½«Ë
nI « UU V³ Ð …dýU³*« dOž «uô« dOšQð r²¹ ¨Èdš« WNł s Æ UÝUJF½«
ÆÊ«—b'«Ë
ÆjO;« uB« UOUFH WLN dUMŽ w¼ …dýU³*« dOž «uô« Ác¼
Æ“UN'« «c¼ w …œËe WOU²« DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF l{Ë«
ÆiH M*« nI « Ë– WO(« vIOÝu*« ÍœU½ —uFý wDF¹ : LIVE HOUSE
Æ öH(« WŽU —uFýË `{«Ë u wDF¹ :
HALL
WO Oz— …—uBÐ WLLB*« WFÝ«u« WŽUI« —uFý wDF¹ :
CONCERT
ÆWOJOÝöJ« ôUH²Šö
.wł—U)« Âu¹œU² « —uFý wDF¹ :
STADIUM
ÆdO³J« Õd *« —uFý wDF¹ :
THEATER
jO× u UOUF WU{ô DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ë« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1
WK− wL— u W½«uDÝ« Ë« dþUM² u¹dO²Ý u W½«uDÝ« v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ«
“wB ý —uCŠ” —uFý ŸU{Ëô« Ác¼ p ÂbIð Ê« sJ1Ë ¨ wD)« PCM ÂUEMÐ
ÆwIOIŠ
∫ UEŠö
PL II MOVIE
Ác¼ w ÆWOU …—uBÐ DSP l{Ë qG²A¹ ô Ê« sJ1 ¨—bB*« «—Uý« iFÐ vKŽ
Ædš« qCH DSP l{Ë d²š« ¨WU(«
PL II OFF
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ II pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ l{Ë ÊuJ¹ «bMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ PRO LOGIC II
æ
DSP WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF ŸU{Ëô
DSP
ÆDSP —e« jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« DSP l{Ë dNE¹
∫wK¹ UL DSP l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
DSP OFF
HALL
THEATER
CONCERT
STADIUM
qšb« …—Uý« U—u V Š dÒu²*« jO;« uB«
sJ2 dOž : sJ2 ∫
PL II OFF ·UI¹«
DSP OFF Ë
DSP
Pro Logic II
PLII Movie
jO× u
…UMI« œbF²
dþUM² ÂUE½
wDš PCM
wL— w³Ëœ
…UMI« œbF²
…UM ≤ w³Ëœ
w³Ëœ jO× u
DTS wL—
…UM ≤ DTS
MP3 W½«uDÝ«
©¡UG«®
THEATER
STADIUM
CONCERT
HALL
—
—
LIVE HOUSE PLII Music
jO;« uB« ÂUE½
qšb« …—Uý« U—u
LIVE HOUSE
≤≤
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
22
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
wÐdŽ
DSP ©WOLd« …—Uýô« ZUF® ŸU{Ë« ■
jO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð
∫wU²« VOðd²UÐ UŽUL « s h×H« WLG½ Ãd ð æ
ed*« WŽULÝ
Èd O« WOUô« WŽUL «
vMLO« WOUô« WŽUL «
WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ
wÐdŽ
SOUND
1
2
REAR-L
5
UŽUL « Ãdš U¹u² j³{«
Æ©q³ ¹œ ∂ ´ v« q³ ¹œ ∂ ≠®
SUBWOOFER
3
4
6
7
8
Æh×H« WLG½ ·UI¹ô STOP ·UI¹ô« —“ jG{«
3
6
7
REAR-R
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
SETTING
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
µ
CHOICE
7
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
∂
uB« ·UI¹« sÒO³ dNE¹
RETURN DIMMER
ÆWO½UŁ …d SOUND uB« —“ jG{«
“SOUND OFF”
4
TEST
DVD
¥
. CENTER +/- —e« jG{« ¨ed*« WŽULÝ Èu² j³C æ
ÆREAR-L +/- —e« jG{« ¨Èd O« WOHK)« WŽUL « Èu² j³C æ
ÆREAR-R +/- —e« jG{« ¨vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL « Èu² j³C æ
ÆSUBWOOFER +/- —e« jG{« ¨WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ Èu² j³C æ
SOUND
TEST
j³{ —«—“«
uB«
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
UŽUL «Ë ed*« WŽULÝ U¹u² j³{«
l W½—UI WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË wHK)«
ÆWOUô« UŽUL « s uB«
REAR-R
VCR
CENTER
s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błË
ÆWO½UŁ …d ¥ …uD)« s √bÐ«Ë SOUND uB« —“ jG{« ¨j³C«
CENTER
AUDIO
TV
1
vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL «
Èd O« WOHK)« WŽUL «
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
∫ UEŠö
Æ UÞu³C« q¹bFð pMJ1 ô ¨WKÒL× dOž W½«uDÝô« X½U «–«
Æh×H« WLG½ ëdš« ÊËbÐ UŽUL « Ãdš U¹u² j³{ pMJ1
dE½«® WŽUL « qOuð h׫ ¨ u UNM Ãd ¹ ô WŽULÝ œułË WUŠ w
Æ©µ¥ Ë µ≥ U×HB« dE½«® j³C«Ë ©∑ Ë ∂ U×HB«
j³{ ‰œU³ð r²¹ ¨ uB« q¹bFð ¡UMŁ« SETTING j³C« —“ XDG{ «–«
dH¹u« WŽULÝË X¹ö² « UŽULÝ q qLF²Ý«® …UM 5.1 5Ð UŽUL «
©ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË WOUô« UŽUL « jI qLF²Ý«® …UM 2.1 Ë ©WOŽdH«
v²Š Ë« ¨jO;« uB« ŸU{Ë« s l{Ë Í« w h×H« WLG½ ëdš« pMJ1
ÆjO;« uB« l{Ë jOAMð ÂbŽ bMŽ
dH¹u« WŽULÝ Ãdš Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1 ô ¨WKL×
Ò MP3 W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ
ÆWOŽdH«
æ
uB« q¹bFð
æ
æ
ÆWOU²« UÞu³C« q¹bFð pMJ1
ÆWOIOI(« ŸUL²Ýô« WDI½ s ö¹bF²« qLFÐ `BM½
ed*« WŽUL Ãd)« Èu² ≠
WOHK)« UŽUL K Ãd)« Èu² ≠
WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽUL Ãd)« Èu² ≠
æ
æ
±
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹Ë
W½«uDÝ« —bB v« —bB*« dOG²¹
Ò
ÆSOUND uB« —“ jG{« ≤
¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
uB« …—Uý« dNEð
ÆSTOP ·UI¹ô« —“ jG{«Ë ¨W½«uDÝô« qLŠ
Ò
æ
DVD
SOUND
“SOUND”
Æ uB« UÞu³C `OðUH ±∞ ‡« jOAMð r²¹Ë
TEST
9
s bQ²K TEST h×H« WLG½ —“ jG{«
UŽUL « q d³Ž «uô« ŸULÝ WO½UJ«
ÆW¹ËU ² Wł—bÐ
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WLGM« WLzU dNEð
L
C
R
SW
RS
LS
To cancel press Stop
≤≥
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
23
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
≥
Æ Æ Æ wK¹ U2 bQð ¨ öOGAð W¹« qLŽ q³ ∫ÂU¼
ÆÊu¹eHK²« l qOu²« h׫ •
U½UOÐ Ë« —uB« …b¼UA* Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qGý
Ò •
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOGA²«
dE½«® Æp²³ž— V Š œ«bŽô« WLzU j³{ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGA² •
©Æµµ v« µ∞ U×HB«
Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨—“ jG{ bMŽ WýUA« vKŽ “ ” …—Uýô« dNþ «–«
WOKLF WÐuKD*« UuKF*« Ë« ¨tKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô«
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž qOGA²«
ÆqOGA²« UOKLŽ ‰u³ sJ1 ô ¨“
” …—Uýô« —uNþ ÊËbÐ ¨
ôU(« iFÐ w ∫ ˆU³²½√
CD u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« — W½«uDÝô« VOdð
(CD) CD uB« W½«uDÝ«Ë (VCDØSVCD)
iFÐ v« Uu I ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1 Ê«uMŽ qË ¨s¹ËUMŽ s DVD W½«uDÝ« nQ²ð
©Æ± ‰U¦ dE½«® ƉuBH«
r— „UM¼ ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨Âö« …bŽ vKŽ DVD W½«uDÝ« u²Š« «–« ¨ö¦
ƉuB …bŽ v« Uu I rKH« ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1Ë ¨rK qJÐ ’Uš Ê«uMŽ
s CD W½«uDÝ« Ë« VCDØSVCD W½«uDÝ« nQ²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨Èdš« WNł s
©Æ≤ ‰U¦ dE½«® Æ «—U
sJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ w® ÆUNÐ ’Uš —U r— WOMž« q pK²9 ¨ÂUŽ qJAÐ
©Æ”—UN WDÝ«uÐ rÒ I —U q ÊuJ¹ Ê« UC¹«
pMJ1 ¨(PBC) qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË l VCDØSVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
qOGAð ¡UMŁ«® ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*« WLzUI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ tðb¼UA b¹dð U —UO²š«
WHOþË q¦ nzUþu« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 ¨WLzUI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ CD u¹bO W½«uDÝ«
©Æ—U *« Y×ÐË —«dJ²«
W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« ∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGA² “UN'« «c¼ rOLBð - bI
W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD u W½«uDÝ«Ë (SVCD) CD u¹bO dÐuÝ W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD u¹bO
ÆWÐU²JK WKÐUI« CD-RW W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨qO− ²K WKÐUI« CD-R
U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK− *« JPEG Ë MP3 UHK qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
qł« s ÆWÐU²JK WKÐUI« CD-RWs U½«uDÝ«Ë ¨qO− ²K WKÐUI« CD-Rs
œułu*« “ MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð” r dE½« ¨MP3 u¼ U ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF
Æ¥¥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “JEPG W½«uDÝ« qOGAð” s dD½« ¥∞ W×H vKŽ
∫UNKOGAð sJ1 w²« U½«uDÝô«
…dHOý r—
* WIDM*«
U—u
u¹bOH«
WöF«
©ed«®
Ÿu½
W½«uDÝô«
u¹bOH«
2
ALL
DVD
u¹bOH«
NTSC
PAL
CD
u¹bO dÐuÝ
CD
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
uB«
CD
CD-R
DVD W½«uDÝ« ∫± ‰U¦
± Ê«uMŽ
≤ Ê«uMŽ
CD-RW
≤ qB
± qB
≥ qB
CD
µ —U
± qB
u W½«uDÝ«ØCD u¹bO W½«uDÝ« ∫≤ ‰U¦
≥ —U
¥ —U
≤ qB
≤ —U
± —U
Ê« sJ1 ¨VCDØSVCD U½«uDÝ« Ë« DVD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ vKŽ
«c¼ w WŠËdA*« UOKLF« sŽ WOKFH« qOGA²« UOKLŽ nK² ð
p– ‰b¹ ôË ¨W½«uDÝô« VOdðË W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ V³ Ð «c¼ ÆVO²J«
Ò
Æ“UN'« «c¼ W¹œQ²Ð hI½ œułË vKŽ
¨p– lË ÆDVD VIDEO UuHÐ WK− *« DVD-R U½«uDÝ« qOGAð sJ1
Ác¼ qO− ð ôUŠ Ë« hzUBš V³ Ð U½«uDÝô« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1
Æ…e−M*« dOž U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô t½« kŠô Æ U½«uDÝô«
∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô
•
•
•
¨DVD-RW ¨DVD-RAM ¨DVD-ROM ¨DVD-Audio ≠
ÆZ« Photo CD ¨(CD-I Ready) ¨CD-I ¨CD-ROM ¨DVD+RW
Æ UŽUL K —d{Ë ZO−{ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qOGAð V³ ¹ ·uÝ
CD-RW Ë CD-R W½«uDÝ« ‰uŠ WEŠö
©qO− ²K WKÐUI« ≠ CD W−b*« W½«uDÝô«® CD-Rs U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1
‡ ©WÐU²J« …œUŽô WKÐUI« ≠ CD W−b*« W½«uDÝô«® CD-RWs U½«uDÝô«Ë
Æ“ …e¼Uł” X½U «–« jI qLF² *« q³ s …—d;«
WK− *« CD-RWs U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-Rs U½«uDÝ« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²Ý •
W−b W½«uDÝ« U—uHÐ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qO− ð - «–« wB ý dðuO³L vKŽ
Æ©¥∞ W×H dE½«® MP3 U—uHÐ WK− Ë« wIOÝu CD
Ác¼ hzUBš vKŽ «œUL²Ž« p–Ë U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 ¨p– lË
Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qO− ð ôUŠ Ë« U½«uDÝô«
Ë« ULOKFð √d« ¨CD-RWs U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-Rs U½«uDÝ« qOGAð q³ •
ÆW¹UMFÐ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qOGAð «d¹c%
«c¼ vKŽ CD-RWs U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-Rs U½«uDÝ« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 •
lIÐ œułË Ë« —d{ V³ Ð Ë« ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ hzUBš V³ Ð p–Ë “UN'«
ÆWHOE½ dOž qÒGA*« WÝbŽ X½U «–« Ë« ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ vKŽ W ÝË
qUF Ê« p– V³Ý Æ…¡«dIK ‰uÞ« …b CD-RWs U½«uDÝ« VÒKD²ð Ê« sJ1 •
ÆCDs W¹œUF« U½«uDÝô« s q« u¼ CD-RWs U½«uDÝ« ”UJF½«
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
24
∫WIDM*« …dHOý ‰uŠ WEŠö *
WIDM …dHOý ÂU—« DVD u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ«Ë DVD W½«uDÝ« öGA pK²9
ÆrNÐ tUš
Ë NTSC Êu ÂUEMÐ WK− *« DVD U½«uDÝ« jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
Æ“≤” rd« UN²IDM …dHOý ÂU—« sLC²ð w²«Ë PAL
∫WK¦«
dOž WIDM …dHOý ÂU—« vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOL% - «–«
÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “Invalid Region” WIDM*« QDš …—Uý« dNEð ¨WLzö
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ sJ1 ôË
≤¥
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
wÐdŽ
U½«uDÝ« sŽ WbI
DVD/VCD/CD—
WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
∫ UEŠö
vKŽ “Parental Locked” …—UýôË“Password ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ” …—Uýô« dNþ «–«
qOGAð pMJ1 ô ƉULF²Ý« WUŠ w q¼ô« qH WHOþË ÊuJð ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý
Æp²KzUŽ œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM Ë« VŽ— dþUM vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ«
©Æµµ W×H dE½«® q¼ô« qH WHOþË ¡UG« V−¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGA²
wÐdŽ
AUDIO
TV
5
3
6
7
9
8
0
DVD
dš« —U Ë« qB v« »U¼cK
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
TEST
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« lÐU²²UÐ 4 —e« Ë« ¢ —e« jG{«
TV
VCR
TV VOL
: ¢•
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« : 4 •
TOP
MENU
ÆoÐU « —U *« W¹«bÐ v« lłd¹
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
ÆoÐU « Ë« wU(« qBH« Ë« —U *« W¹«bÐ v« lłd¹
3
CHOICE
Ë« CD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« jI sJ2® dš« —U v« ŸdłdK
—«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ …dýU³ ©PBC qOGA¦« j³{ WHOþË ÊËbÐ VCD
ÂU—ô«
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
3
6
7
CLEAR SETTING
TEST
4
REAR-R
9
0
ENTER
8
¡bÐ s qOGA« ¡UMŁ« Ë« q³ ÂUd« —«—“« jG{ pMJ1
Ò
ÊU «–«® ÆÁb¹dð Íc« —U *«ØÊ«uMF« r— qOGAð
÷dF« j¹dý iHš r²¹ ¨qOGAð WUŠ w Êu¹eHK²«
WýUý vKŽ qHÝö UOJOðUuðË« WýUA« ‡ vKŽ
©ÆÊu¹eHK²«
dþUM*« rd« —“ jG{« ¨π v« ± ÂU—ô« —UO²šô •
Æ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
bFÐË 5.1 ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{« ¨±µ rd« —UO²šô •
Æ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p–
—“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‡ ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô •
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô«
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ö
Æ7 —e« jG{«
CD Ë« VCD Ë« ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
dNEðË ¨qOGAð WUŠ w Êu¹eHK²« ÊU «–«) qOGA²« nu²¹
(ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ “ 7 Resume Stop” …—Uý«
bMŽ v²ŠË qOGA²« W¹UN½ WDI½ kHŠ “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
Æ7 —e« jG{
·UI¹ô« …—Uý« dNEð® Æ5ðd 7 —e« jG{« ¨UOK qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ dNE¹ ©ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ “7 Stop”®
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹
Æ7 —e« jG{ bMŽ v²ŠË qOGA²« W¹UN½ WDI½ kHŠ “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
WDIM« s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨3 —e« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³ð UbMŽ •
ÆqOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« — “UN'« U¼bMŽ nuð w²«
∫ UEŠö
·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË ¡UG« r²¹ ¨“UN'« qOGAð XHË« Ë« W½«uDÝô« WOMO Xײ «–«
ÆqOGA²«
“UN'« qš«œ …œułu*« W½«uDÝô« ëdšô
ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« 0 —e« jG{«
Æ×U K W½«uDÝô« WOMO Ãd ð
ÆWO½UŁ …d 0 —e« jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô
ON SCREEN
8
7
4/ ¢
DOWN - TUNING - UP
ZOOM
qOGAð ¡«dł« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ SVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð sJ1
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ«
qOGA²« ¡b³
Æ3 —e« jG{«
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qÒGA vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« —bB*« dOG²¹
Ò
…b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “READING” …¡«dI« …—Uý« dNEð
W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« - WHA²J*« W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ dNE¹ p– bFÐË ¨WDO Ð
WUŠ w Êu¹eHK²« ÊU «–«® ÆJPEG Ë« MP3 W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨CD W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨VCD
©ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WHA²J*« W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ dNE¹ ¨qOGAð
“NO DISC” W½«uDÝ« œułË ÂbŽ …—Uý« dNEð ¨WKÒL× dOž W½«uDÝô« X½U «–« •
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
÷dF« WýUý vKŽ qOGA²« UuKF ∫‰U¦
L
C
R
LS
S
RS
8
DIGITAL AUDIO 3
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
C
8
3
R
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
qBH« r—
Ê«uMF« r—
L
TITLE TRK TUNED CHP PROG EON
TRK TUNED
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
AUDIO
ProLogic II
CD
STEREO VCD MP3
—U *« r—
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½
8
3
C
LS
RS
MHz
kHz
TRK TUNED
DVD W½«uDÝ«
U½«uDÝ«
VCD/CD
MP3
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
PROG EON
RDS
REPEAT 1 A–B
MHz
kHz
ProLogic II
STEREO
W½«uDÝ«
JEPG
nK*« r—
Æ…—U²<« W½«uDÝö ‰Ëô« —U *« Ë« qBH« s W½«uDÝô« qOGAð √b³¹
qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË l VCD Ë« DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WLzUI« dNþ «–« •
©DVD W½«uDÝô® “WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð” r dE½« ¨PBC
WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð” r Ë« ≤∏ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
Æ≥µ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ ©VCD W½«uDÝô jI®
≤µ
25
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
•
JPEG Ë« MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
AR20-25/TH-A35.p65
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
Æ8 —e« jG{«
Æ3 —e« jG{« ¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô •
CD W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
VCD W½«uDÝ« Ë«
VCR
CENTER
1
XR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
Ë« w?U?²?« —U? ?*« Ë« q?B?H?« W?¹«bÐ v« wD ²K
ÆlÐU²«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
23/5/03, 2:46 PM
DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý —UNþ«
5
VCR
TV VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
ON SCREEN
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
CHOICE
lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ÆW½«uDÝô« UuKF —UO²šô
≤
≥
•
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
ANGLE
SURROUND
lÐU²²UÐ 5/ ∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
dþUMË WOŽd s¹ËUMŽË u UG …bŽ vKŽ DVDs U½«uDÝ« iFÐ Íu²%
ÆW¹Ë«e« ‡ …œbF²
—UO²š« pMJ1 t½U ¨U¼œËdÞ vKŽ Ë« DVD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WOU²« UöF« b& UbMŽ
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK− *« dUMF« Ác¼
œułu*« rd« sÒO³¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF«
ÆWK− *« WOŽdH« s¹ËUMFK wKJ« œbF« WöF« qš«œ
œułu*« rd« sÒO³¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− u UG …bŽ
ÆWK− *« uB« UGK wKJ« œbF« WöF« qš«œ
rd« sÒO³¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− W¹Ë«e« ‡ …œbF² dþUM
‡ W¹Ë«eÐ WK− *« dþUMLK wKJ« œbF« WöF« qš«œ œułu*«
Æ…œbF²
All
Off
¥
3
3
3
«eOL*« Ác¼ vKŽ Íu²% W½«uDÝô« X½U «–« ULO œU−¹« lOD² ð ô p½« WUŠ w
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý —UNþ« WDÝ«uÐ W½«uDÝô« h× pMJ1 ¨vKŽô« w W−b*«
Æ(OSD) WýUA«
dNEðË WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ UuKF*«
W½«uDÝô« UuKF qOGAð ·UI¹ô
Æ≥ …uD)« w “Off ” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLEEP
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
ON SCREEN
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
vKŽ ÷dF« —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ 5/ ∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
Æ“OSD” WýUA«
ENTER
±
Off
Off
Off
Off
vKŽ ÷dF« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL OSD WýUA«
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOL% ¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« UuKF*« —UNþ« pMJ1
ENTER
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ‡ WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
8
0
Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UuKF*« —UNþ«
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
FM/AM
TV
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
4
REAR-R
9
DVD
ÆWO½UŁ …d ON SCREEN WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ENTER
3
6
TEST
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU qOGAð ·UI¹ô
ON SCREEN
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
Off
Off
Off
Off
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
VCR
CENTER
1
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
AUDIO
TV
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆWKÒL× W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ 7
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ON SCREEN
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
wÐdŽ
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU ‰öš s nzUþu« iFÐ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
26
¡bÐË W½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« q¦ ¨WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð UOKLŽ qł« s
¢WOÝUÝô« DVD öOGAð¢ r dE½« ¨Èdš« ‰uB v« ‰UI²½ô«Ë qOGA²«
¢WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð¢ r Ë ¨±≥ Ë ±≤ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*«
Æ≤µ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
≤∂
23/5/03, 3:07 PM
W½«uDÝô« UuKF
uB« UG —UO²š«
1 ©qOGAð®
wÐdŽ
pMJ1 t½U ¨© u —U ® u UG vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆUNÐ ŸUL²Ýö © u —U ® WGK« —UO²š«
©Æµ± W×H dE½«® ÆWOË« u WGK WKCH*« uB« WG j³{ pMJ1 •
AUDIO
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆAUDIO —e« jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WGK« sÒO³ dNE¹
¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ sÒO³*« —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
∫wK¹ UL uB« WG dOG²ð
Ò
1/3 Eng
2/3 Fre
5.1ch
3/3 Spa
…b¼UA pMJ1 t½U ¨…œbF² ‡ U¹«ËeÐ dþUM vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWHK² U¹«Ë“ vKŽ dEM*«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆANGLE W¹Ë«e« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W¹Ë«e« sÒO³ ÊUOÐ dNE¹
WýUý vKŽ W¹Ë«e« sÒO³ —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
ÆdEM*« W¹Ë«“ dÒOG²ð ¨Êu¹eHK²«
2/3
1/3
1
2 34 5
©qJ«® All ∫OSD
00:01:16 01:40:45
DVD
Title 1/15 Chapter 2/10
Angle 1/1
5.1ch 48KHz
Audio
1/3 Eng
Off
Subtitle
7
6
8
wI³²*« Xu« Ë« wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½
5.1ch
W¹Ë«e« ‡ …œbF² dþUM —UO²š«
ANGLE
00:01:16 01:40:45
5.1ch
Æw½U³Ý« ¨w ½d ¨ÍeOK$« ≠ «—UO²š« ≥ W½«uDÝô« pK²9 UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
On ∫OSD
:1
:2
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« s¹ËUMFK wKJ« œbF«Ë wU(« Ê«uMF«
: 3
uB« WG ÊUOÐ
: 4
ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« qš«œ ‰uBHK wKJ« œbF«Ë wU(« qBH«
: 5
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG ÊUOÐ
: 6
…—Uýô« U—u sO³
Ò
: 7
ÆWK− *« Ê«uMŽ ±µ ‡« 5Ð s ± —U *« qG²A¹ ∫‰U¦ •
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÷ËdF wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ÊuJ¹ ô UbMŽ ∫‰U¦ •
ÆqHÝô« w dE½«
ÆWK− ‰uB ±∞ 5Ð s ≤ qBH« qG²A¹ ‰U¦ •
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÷ËdF wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ÊuJ¹ ô UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
ÆqHÝô« w dE½«
¨©u¹dO²Ý® wDš —PCM …—Uýô« U—u Ÿu½ ÊUOÐ r²¹ ·uÝ
ÆX³« W³ ½Ë — DTSwLd« jO;« uB«Ë ¨wLd« w³ËœË
Æ…UM 5.1 wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ …dÒHA W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
•
•
…œbF²*« ‡ W¹Ë«e« dEM sO³
Ò
: 8
dE½« ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ jI …bŠ«Ë W¹Ë«eÐ ‡ q− dEM*« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ∫‰U¦ •
Æd ¹ô« œuLF«
WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« —UO²š«
pMJ1 t½U ¨WHK² UGKÐ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ t{dF wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —UO²š«
dE½«® ÆWýUA« vKŽ WMO³ WOË« WGK WKCH*« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG j³{ pMJ1 •
©Æµ± W×H
3/3
Æ…œbF² ‡ W¹Ë«eÐ dþUM ≥ vKŽ W½«uDÝô« Íu²% UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
SUB TITLE
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆSUB TITLE wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“ jG{«
ÆWDO Ð …b* Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WGK« sÒO³ dNE¹
WýUý vKŽ sÒO³*« —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
∫wK¹ UL wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG dÒOG²ð ¨Êu¹eHK²«
1/3 Eng
2/3 Fre
Off
3/3 Spa
¨w ½d ¨ÍeOK$« ≠ «—UO²š« ≥ W½«uDÝô« pK²9 UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
(OFF) ©·UI¹«® wŽd Ê«uMŽ œułË ÂbŽË w½U³Ý«
≤∑
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
27
23/5/03, 3:07 PM
DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
…dýU³ sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ô«
Æ…dýU³ qBH« qš«œ dš« sÒOF bNA Ë« ¨qB Ë« ¨Ê«uMŽ v« ‰UI²½ô« pMJ1
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ Y׳« WLzU dNEð
v« wUI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š«
:TIME
ÆsOF
Ò bNA
v« ‰UI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š« :TITLE
Ædš« Ê«uMŽ
Ædš« qB v« ‰UI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š« :CHAPTER
ENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
TEST
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTING
9
4
0
8
1
VCR
3
REAR-L
5
7
—UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
XË Ë« ¨»uKD*« qBH« Ë« ¨Ê«uMF«
ÆqOGA²«
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
SEARCH
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
TOP MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
≥
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
0
DVD
≤
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
SUBWOOFER
2
9
_ _:_ _:_ _
__
__
—UO²šô 5/ ∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
ÆbM³«
CENTER
CENTER
ÆSEARCH Y׳« —“ jG{«
Search
Time
Title
Chapter
AUDIO
TV
MENU
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
3
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
1/ ¡
SLOW
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
Æ—U²<« bM³« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
qBH« Ë« Ê«uMF« r— ‰Ušœ« WOHO
WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« sJ2 WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
vKŽ «œUL²Ž« p–Ë Wdײ —u Ë« W²ÐUŁ —u WLzUI« ÊuJð Ê« sJ1® WLzU vKŽ
Æ©W½«uDÝô«
ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—« ¨W½«uDÝô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ •
ÆW½«uDÝô« l WId*« qOGA²«
¡b³ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨rdK dþUM*« ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
ÆqOGA²«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô •
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨2 ¨1 —«—“ô« jG{« ¨±≤ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨2 ¨2 —«—“ô« jG{« ¨≤≤ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô •
…œUŽ ÆUNÐ WUš s¹ËUMŽ ‰Ë«bł Ë« qOGAð rz«u DVD U½«uDÝ« pK²9 …œUŽ
WNł s ÆqOGA²« «—UO²š«Ë W½«uDÝô« ‰uŠ WHK² UuKF vKŽ WLzUI« Íu²%
ÆWK− *« w½Užô«Ë Âöô« s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Ê«uMF« ‰Ëbł Íu²×¹ …œUŽ ¨Èdš«
qOGA²« XË ‰Ušœ« WOHO
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
Ë« U³¹dIð w½«uŁ µ dE²½« p– bFÐË ¨qOGA²« XË ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
Æ—U² Ô*« wCIM*« qOGA²« XË bMŽ qOGA²« ¡b³ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ3 ¨2 ¨5 ¨4 —«—“ô« jG{« ¨“ 00∫45∫23 ” Xu« ‰Ušœô •
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“
Æ5 ¨4 ¨3 ¨2 ¨1—«—“ô« jG{« ¨“ 01∫23∫45 ” Xu« ‰Ušœô •
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô •
W¹uKF« WLzUI« Ë« MENU WLzUI« —“ jG{«
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
ÆTOP MENU
±
ÆWýUA« vKŽ Ê«uMF« ‰Ëbł dNE¹ Ë« WLzUI« dNEð
WLzUI« dNEð ¨DVDs U½«uDÝ« iFÐ vKŽ •
ÆqOGA²« √b³¹ Ê« bFÐ WýUA« vKŽ UOJOðUuðË«
vKŽ œułu*«Ë »uKD*« bM³« d²š«
‰Ëbł vKŽ œułu*« Ë« WLzUI«
dýR*« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ ¨Ê«uMF«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ∞/5/2/3
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
≤
Æ—U²<« bM³« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
—«—“« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ œuM³« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ vKŽ •
ÆWł—b*« œuM³« ÂU—ô …dþUM*« ÂU—ô«
≤∏
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
28
23/5/03, 3:07 PM
wÐdŽ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
SEARCH
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ—«dJ²« l{Ë —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
—«dJ²« l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL
wÐdŽ
ENTER
Chapter Repeat
Title Repeat
Off
Disc Repeat
¡wC¹® ÆwU(« qBH« —«dJð r²¹ ·uÝ
Ò
©ÆREPEAT1 sO³*«
¡wC¹® ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« —«dJð r²¹ ·uÝ
©ÆREPEAT sO³*«
Ò
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹® ÆW½«uDÝô« —«dJð r²¹ ·uÝ
©ÆREPEAT
·UM¾²Ý« r²¹® ÆqOGA²« —«dJð ¡UG« r²¹
©ÆÍœUF« qOGA²«
ENTER
≥
WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳«
WŽd Ð nK KØÂUö Y׳«—W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
Æ…dOG²
Æ…dOG² WŽd Ð nK KØÂUö Y׳« ¡UMŁ« u ŸULÝ r²¹ ô •
æ
…dOG² WŽd Ð ÂUö Y׳« —WŽd Ð ‡ ÂUö qBH« .bI²
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ¡ —e« jG{«
∫wK¹ UL Y׳« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
:Chapter Repeat
:Title Repeat
x2
x4
x20
x8
:Disc Repeat
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
:Off
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK”
ÆENTER
Æ3 —e« jG{«
¥
…dOG² WŽd Ð nK K Y׳« — nK K qBH« lOłd²
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆXR*« ·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 1 —e« jG{«
∫wK¹ UL Y׳« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
qOGA²« —«dJð ¡UGô
Æ≥ …uD)« w “Off ” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
x2
x4
x20
x8
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
A-B —«dJð 7
ÆÁ—«dJð b¹dð r —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
ÆWHK²<« s¹ËUMF« 5Ð A-B —«dJð qOGAð sJ1 ô æ
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
∫‰U¦
∫WOU²« ôU(« w —dJ²*« qOGA²« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô
ÆZd³*« qOGA²UÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ •
A–
qOGA²« —«d 7
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
A–B
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ENTER
WOU²« W×HB« vKŽ l³²¹
≤π
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
29
Off
Off
Off
Off
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
Æ“Repeat” —«dJ²«
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
23/5/03, 3:07 PM
±
Off
Off
Off
Off
≤
DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
wz«uAF« qOGA²« — vz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð ‰uBH« qOGAð
Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð ‰uBH« qOGAð pMJ1
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ON SCREEN
5
3
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
≤
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
SUBWOOFER
2
9
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
ON SCREEN
Off
Off
Off
Off
CHOICE
7
ON SCREEN
3
DOWN - TUNING - UP
wz«uAF« l{Ë —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
Æ“Shuffle”
l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL qOGA²«
Shuffle
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
Æ“Repeat A-B” —«dJð
•
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
¥
ENTER
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
µ
Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð qOGA²« √b³¹
.3 —e« jG{«
wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UGô
Æ≥ …uD)« w “Off”—U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
∫ UEŠö
qOGA²« wN²M¹ ¨…bŠ«Ë …d wU(« Ê«uMF« w ‰uBH« q qOGAð r²¹ UbMŽ
Ævz«uAF«
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d s d¦« qBH« fH½ …œUŽ« r²¹ ô ·uÝ
≤
ENTER
Program
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK”
ÆENTER
SLOW
≥
Off
ENTER
VCR
REAR-L
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ENTER
CENTER
1
TEST
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
Æ“Mode” l{u«
ENTER
AUDIO
TV
wÐdŽ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
•
•
ENTER
Off
Off
Off
Off
—UO²šô ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{
ÆW¹«b³« WDI½
≥
…d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ÆW¹UNM« WDI½ —UO²šô WO½UŁ
¥
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ÆWO½UŁ …d ON SCREEN
µ
dNEðË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “A–” …—Uýô« dNEð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ“ A–” …—Uýô«
bFÐË ¨“A-B” …—Uý« v« “A–” …—Uýô« dOG²ð
Ò
ÆA-B r I« qOGAð √b³¹ p–
—«dJð √b³¹Ë A WDIM« UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« b−¹
ÆB WDIM«Ë A WDIM« 5Ð qOGA²«
ON SCREEN
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
A-B r I« —«dJð ¡UGô
Æ≥ …uD)« w “Off” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰u?šb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« r²¹Ë ¨“A-B” …—Uýô« wH² ð
≥∞
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
30
26/5/03, 5:42 PM
r— —UO²šô 3 dýR*« —“ jG{«
ÆqBH«
wÐdŽ
ENTER
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
TEST
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
ZU½d³« qOGAð— «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
Æ qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ qBH« qOGAð VOðdð rOEMð pMJ1
Æ…uDš ±≤ W¹UG W−dÐ pMJ1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆqBH« r— ‰Ušœô rd« —“ jG{«
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
∑
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 _ 3 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ —UO²šô
Æ2 ¨1 jG{« ¨±≤ —UO²šô
ÆCANCEL ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ON SCREEN
æ
æ
æ
3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆwU²« ZU½d³« …uDš r— —UO²šô
ENTER
∂
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Program
Title/Chapter
1 2 3 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
w²« Èdšô« ‰uBH« W−d³ ∏ v« µ «uD)« bŽ« π
ÆU¼b¹dð
qOGAð —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«±∞
bFÐË ¨“Play Program” ZU½d³«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p–
≤
Off
Off
Off
Off
lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ“Program” ZU½d³« —UO²šô
ENTER
l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL qOGA²«
Shuffle
ZU½d³« sÒO³ dNE¹Ë ZU½d³« WLzU wH² ð
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ PROG
Æt²−dÐ Íc« VOðd²UÐ ‰uBH« qOGAð r²¹
ENTER
Off
Off
Off
Off
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{
Æ“Mode” l{u«
∏
±
≥
•
Program
Off
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ö
Æ7 —e« jG{«
—UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK”
ÆENTER
ENTER
¥
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ ZU½d³« WLzU dNEð
Ê«uMF« r—
Title Number
qBH« r—
Chapter Number
Program
Title/Chapter
1 _ _ _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
ÆÊ«uMF« r— ‰Ušœô rd« —“ jG{«
4
REAR-R
8
CLEAR SETTING
0
Program
Title/Chapter
1 _ 2 _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ 7 _ _ _ _ 10 _ _ _ _
2 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _ _ _ 11 _ _ _ _
3 _ _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _ _ _ 12 _ _ _ _
Play Program Clear All
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ —UO²šô
Æ2 ¨1 jG{« ¨±≤ —UO²šô
ÆCANCEL ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô
WOU²« W×HB« vKŽ l³²¹
≥±
AR26-31/TH-A35.p65
31
23/5/03, 3:08 PM
æ
æ
æ
µ
DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
ZU½d³« q¹bF²
DVD W½«uDÝô WOuB)«
¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d 8 …uD)« —“ jG{«
ÆqOGA²«
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W²ÐUŁ …—u dNEð
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
CLEAR
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
7
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ«ØW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ 7
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
AUDIO
TV
UOUFH« qOGAð
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« —UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .bIð pMJ1
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
wÐdŽ
vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ ZU½d³« ZU½d³« WLzU WýUý —uNþ ¡UMŁ« ZU½d³« q¹bFð pMJ1
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý
Ë« Ê«uMŽ ©dOýQð® —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uD)« ¡UGô æ
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨WÐuKD*« dOž …uD)« w qB
Ë« Ê«uMŽ ©dOýQð® —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uD)« q¹bF² æ
Æ≥± W×H vKŽ …œułu*« ∏ v« µ «uD)« qLŽ« p– bFÐË ¨tK¹bFð b¹dð qB
Æ©CLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨b¹bł r— ‰Ušœ« q³®
…uDš ©dOýQð® —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uDš WU{ô æ
Æ≥± W×H vKŽ …œułu*« ∏ v« µ «uD)« qLŽ« p– bFÐË ¨Wž—U ZU½dÐ
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
3
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW +/–
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
ZOOM
8 PAUSE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
8
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
…—uB« .bI² lÐU²²UÐ 8 …uD)« —“ jG{«
Æ—UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ«
Æ—UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ« …—uB« .bIð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
≤
•
83 STEP
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
ZU½d³« qOGAð l{Ë s ÃËd K
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
≥ …u?D)« w “Off” —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
Æ≥± W×H vKŽ …œułu*«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ZU½d³« U¹u²× h×H
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ©±
Æ“Mode” l{u« —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
“Program” ZU½d³« —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{ ©≥
Æ≤ …u?D)« w —U² “Program” Z?U½d³« Ê« lË
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©¥
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ ZU½d³« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ¨ZU½d³«
U¹u²× ¡UHšô
Æ5ðd
ÊËe<« ZU½d³« ` *
Æ≥± W?×?H vKŽ …œułu*« ¥ v« ± «uD)« bŽ« ©±
¨“Clear All” qJ« ¡UG« —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
≥≤
AR32-35/TH-A35.p65
32
26/5/03, 5:44 PM
wÐdŽ
.Ëe²«
W¾OD³« Wd(« ÷dŽ 7
7
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …—uB« .Ëeð pMJ1
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« W¾OD³« Wd(« qOGA²Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{«
ZOOM
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÂËËe« sÒO³ dNE¹
±
U¼bMŽ b¹dð w²« WDIM« bMŽ 8 —e« jG{«
ÆW¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ
±
ÆSLOW – Ë« SLOW + —e« jG{«
≤
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W²ÐUŁ …—u dNEð
SLOW
W¾OD³« Wd(« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL
∫wK¹ UL dO³J²« dÒOG²¹ ¨sÒO³*« —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
1/ 5
1/ 4
1/ 2
1/ 3
.ËeðZoom
ÊËbÐ
No
©…uDš out
±≤® ×U K
.Ëeð
Zoom
(12 steps)
©…uDš ±≤®in qš«bK
.Ëeð
Zoom
(12 steps)
Ætðb¼UA b¹dð Íc« r I« p¹dײ
≤
ENTER
ZOOM ÂËËe« ¡UGô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
≥≥
AR32-35/TH-A35.p65
33
1/ 4
1/ 2
1 /3
1/ 1
.
3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
1/ 5
26/5/03, 5:44 PM
•
∫ÂUö
∫nK K
U½«uDÝ« qOGAð
VCD/CD
Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UuKF*« —UNþ«
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ‡ WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
1
3
REAR-L
5
6
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
7
8
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
SEARCH
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
≤
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
TEST
Off
Off
Off
Off
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
MENU
5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
ON SCREEN
Off
Off
Off
Off
CHOICE
4 /¢
lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ÆW½«uDÝô« UuKF —UO²šô
vKŽ ÷dF« dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
∫wK¹ UL OSD WýUA«
≥
AUDIO
RETURN
Off
p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
¥
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
¡bÐË W½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« q¦ ¨WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð UOKLŽ qł« s
U½«uDÝ« öOGAð” r dE½« ¨Èdš« «—U v« ‰UI²½ô«Ë qOGA²«
r Ë ¨±¥ Ë ±≥ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “WOÝUÝô« VCD/CD
Æ≤∏ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WOÝUÝô« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð”
•
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU ‰öš s UuKF*« iFÐ —UNþ« pMJ1
ÆWKÒL× W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ 7
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
00:01:16 01:06:35
©qJ«® All ∫OSD
•
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU —UNþ«
©qOGAð® On ∫OSD
ÆVCD W½«uDÝô« W ½ r— Ë W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ ∫
W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ jI VCD W½«uDÝô« W ½ r— dNþ •
ÆWKL×
Ò VCD
©W½«uDÝô« W ½ r— dNE¹ ô ¨VCD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ vKŽ®
W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« «—U LK wKJ« œbF«Ë wU(« —U *« :
ÆWK− *« —U ±µ ‡« 5Ð s ‰Ëô« —U *« qG²A¹ ∫‰U¦ •
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
qOGAð ¡«dł« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ SVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð sJ1
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ«
W½«uDÝô« UuKF
:
SLOW
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
W½«uDÝô« UuKF qOGAð ·UI¹ô
Æ≥ …uD)« w “Off ”—U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
wI³²*« Xu« Ë« wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
DOWN - TUNING - UP
3
SLEEP
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ UuKF*« dNEðË WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
00:01:16 01:06:35
ON SCREEN
æ
All
On
VCD 2.0
Track 1/15
SUBWOOFER
2
9
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
vKŽ ÷dF« —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æ“OSD” WýUA«
ENTER
VCR
CENTER
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
ENTER
AUDIO
TV
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ON SCREEN
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU qOGAð ·UI¹ô
ÆWO½UŁ …d ON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{«
≥¥
AR32-35/TH-A35.p65
34
26/5/03, 5:44 PM
wÐdŽ
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOL% ¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« UuKF*« —UNþ« pMJ1
∫WEŠö
qOGAð WHOþË q¦ nzUþu« iFÐ ¨WLzUI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ VCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« æ
ÆqG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 —«dJ²«
ÆnOþu« Ác¼ qG²Að ô ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ vKŽ æ
wÐdŽ
…dýU³ sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ô«
Æ…dýU³ —U *« vKŽ œułu ©bNA® sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ô« pMJ1
ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ PBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË ¡UG« r²¹ •
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« SEARCH Y׳« —“ jG{«
ÆXR*« ·UI¹ô«
SEARCH
∫Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ wU²« ÊUO³« dNE¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
Track Search
Ærz«uI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ VCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð s (PBC) qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË pMJ9
Ò
dNEð ·uÝ ¨PBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË l VCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð √b³ð UbMŽ
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« WLzUI«
dE½«® ÆWdײ —u Ë« ¨WLÒ I UýUý Ë« ¨œuMÐ ‰Ëbł WLzUI« ÊuJð Ê« sJ1 •
©ÆqHÝô« w —uc*« “ PBC WHOþË qOGAð ÂuNH” r
ÆWLzUI« s »uKD*« bM³« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨WLzUI« dNEð UbMŽ
—UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ œuM³« ‰Ëbł ÷dŽ r²¹ UbMŽ •
ÆbMÐ
WýUý vKŽ “SELECT” —UO²š« WLK Ë« “3” …—Uýô« ÷dŽ r²¹ UbMŽ •
ÆqOGA²« ¡b³ 3 XR*« ·UI¹ô«ØqOGA²« —“ jG{« ¨Êu¹eHK²«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
WOU²« WOŽdH« WLzUI« v« »U¼cK
•
Æ¢ —e« jG{«
Disc Search
WIÐU « WOŽdH« WLzUI« v« ŸułdK
¡UG«
canceled
—UO²šô 5/ ∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
©ÆW½«uDÝô« Y׳ jI® bM³«
ENTER
±
©VCD W½«uDÝô jI® WLzUI« ‡ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
≤
∫©—U *« Y×Ю Track Search
r v« ‰UI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆWOU(« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ œułu sOF
Ò
Æ4 —e« jG{«
Ÿułd«—“ jG{« Ÿułd«—“ jG{« Ÿułd«—“ jG{«
ÆRETURN
ÆRETURN
ÆRETURN
WOŽdH« WLzUI«
±
…—u
Wdײ
:Time
∫©W½«uDÝô« Y×Ю Disc Search
W½«uDÝô« vKŽ œułu sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆWOU(«
—U *« vKŽ œułu sÒOF r v« ‰UI²½ö l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆwU(«
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
8
9
:Track
—U —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
ÆqOGA²« XË Ë«
≥
WýUý
WLzUI«
±
≤
≥
WOŽdH« WLzUI«
≤
±
≤
Æ—U²<« bM³« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
CLEAR SETTING
TEST
:Time
MENU
qOGA²« XË ‰Ušœ« WOHO
•
…—u
Wdײ
…—u
W²ÐUŁ
…—u
W²ÐUŁ
—“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ PBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË ·UI¹«Ë qOGAð pMJ1
…d q w ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« MENU WLzUI«
ÆPBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË ·UI¹«Ë qOGAð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð
∫WEŠö
•
¡UG« r²¹ ¨—dJ²*« qOGA²« Ë« ¨Zd³*« qOGA²« Ë« ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« d²š« «–«
ÆPBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË
•
PBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË jOAM²
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ©±
Æ“Mode” l{u« —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©≥
Æ“PBC”
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©¥
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
—U *« r— ‰Ušœ« WOHO
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨rdK dþUM*« ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
ÆqOGA²« ¡b³
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô •
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨2 ¨1 —«—“ô« jG{« ¨±≤ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô •
∫WEŠö
ÆW½«uDÝô« Y×Ð ‰ULF²Ý« jI pMJ1 ¨qOGA²« nu²¹ UbMŽ
…—u
Wdײ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
0
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨5 ¨4 ¨9 —«—“ô« jG{« ¨“09:45” Xu« ‰Ušœô
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨3 ¨2 ¨5 ¨4—«—“ô« jG{« ¨“45:23” Xu« ‰Ušœô
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô
qOGAð ÂuNH
PBC WHOþË
•
qOGA²« …UM —UO²š«
…UMI« Ë« Èd O« …UMI« U« —UO²š« jI pMJ1 ¨CD Ë« VCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
ÆUNÐ ŸUL²Ýö vMLO«
ÆlÐU²²UÐ AUDIO —e« jG{«
AUDIO
∫wK¹ UL uB« l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—® | vMLO« …UMI« | Èd O« …UMI« | u¹dO²Ý
≥µ
AR32-35/TH-A35.p65
35
26/5/03, 5:44 PM
U½«uDÝ« qOGAð
VCD/CD
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
qOGA²« —«dJð
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
CENTER
7
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ±
5
6
7
9
FM/AM
TV
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
ENTER
TOP
MENU
≤
ON SCREEN
≥
All
3
1/¡
SLOW
ZOOM
WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳«
WŽd Ð nK KØÂUö Y׳« ≠ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WMOF WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
Æ…dOG²
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ …dOG² WŽd Ð nK KØÂUö Y׳« ¡UMŁ« u ŸULÝ r²¹ ô æ
…dOG² WŽd Ð ÂUö Y׳« ≠ WŽd Ð ‡ ÂUö «—U *« .bI²
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
©ÆREPEAT1 sOÒ³*« ¡wC¹® ÆwU(« —U *« —«dJð r²¹ ·uÝ ∫
Single
©ÆREPEAT sOÒ³*« ¡wC¹® ÆW½«uDÝô« q —«dJð r²¹ ·uÝ ∫
All
ENTER
ON SCREEN
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
Off
©ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« r²¹® ÆqOGA²« —«dJð ¡UG« r²¹
ENTER
DOWN - TUNING - UP
—«dJ²« l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
∫wK¹ UL
Single
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
CHOICE
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ—«dJ²« l{Ë —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
ENTER
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
Æ“Repeat” —«dJ²« —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
Off
Off
Off
Off
8
0
DVD
CONTROL
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
TEST
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
VCR
wÐdŽ
∫WOU²« ôU(« w —dJ²*« qOGA²« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô
ÆZd³*« qOGA²UÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ æ
∫
—UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐ ¨“OK”
ÆENTER
Off
¥
qOGA²« √b³¹Ë WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
Æ—dJ²*«
qOGA²« —«dJð ¡UGô
Æ≥ …u?D)« w “Off” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ¡ —e« jG{«
∫wK¹ UL Y׳« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
x2
x4
x20
x8
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
…dOG² WŽd Ð nK K Y׳« ≠ nK K «—U *« lOłd²
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 1 —e« jG{«
∫wK¹ UL Y׳« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
x2
x4
x20
x8
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
≥∂
AR36-39/TH-A35.p65
36
23/5/03, 2:45 PM
A≠B —«dJð 7
wz«uAF« qOGA²« ≠ vz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð «—U *« qOGAð
ÆÁ—«dJð b¹dð r —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð ‰uBH« qOGAð pMJ1
∫‰U¦
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
wÐdŽ
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
A–B
Æ“Mode” —«dJ²« —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
≤
Off
Off
Off
Off
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ENTER
A–
wz«uAF« l{Ë —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
Æ“Shuffle”
≥
ENTER
qOGA²« l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
∫wK¹ UL
Shuffle
Program
Off
PBC*
ÆPBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË l VCD W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ jI dNE¹ *
—UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK”
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ENTER
. 3 —e« jG{«
ENTER
ÆW¹«b³« WDI½ —UO²šô
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« µ
ÆWO½UŁ …d ON SCREEN
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
ON SCREEN
wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UGô
qOGA²« wN²M¹ ¨…bŠ«Ë …d wU(« Ê«uMF« w «—U *« q qOGAð r²¹ UbMŽ æ
Ævz«uAF«
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d s d¦« —U *« fH½ …œUŽ« r²¹ ô ·uÝ æ
A≠B r I« —«dJð ¡UGô
Æ≥ …u?D)« w “Off” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« r²¹Ë ¨ “A≠B” …—Uýô« wH² ð
≥∑
AR36-39/TH-A35.p65
37
¥
p– bFÐË ¨ “A≠B” …—Uý« v« “A-” …—Uýô« dOG²ð
Ò
ÆA≠B r I« qOGAð √b³¹
qOGA²« —«dJð √b³¹Ë A WDIM« UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« b−¹
ÆB WDIM«Ë A WDIM« 5Ð
Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð qOGA²« √b³¹
∫ UEŠö
≥
dNEðË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “A-” …—Uýô« dNEð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “ A-” …—Uýô«
…d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ÆW¹UNM« WDI½ —UO²šô WO½UŁ
µ
≤
Off
Off
Off
Off
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ENTER
Æ≥ …u?D)« w “Off” —U?O²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
Off
Off
Off
Off
—UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æ“Repeat A-B” —«dJð
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
¥
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
23/5/03, 2:45 PM
U½«uDÝ« qOGAð
VCD/CD
wz«uAF« l{Ë —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
Æ“Program”
ENTER
≥
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
qOGA²« l{Ë dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
∫wK¹ UL
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
Shuffle
Program
Off
PBC*
5
—UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK”
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
SUBWOOFER
1
2
3
REAR-L
5
TEST
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
8
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
µ
RETURN DIMMER
ÆwU²« ZU½d³« …uDš —UO²šô
SURROUND
Æ qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ qBH« qOGAð VOðdð rOEMð pMJ1
Æ…uDš ±≤ W¹UG W−dÐ pMJ1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU dNEð
ON SCREEN
ZU½d³« qOGAð —UO²šô
p– bFÐË ¨“Play Program”
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ZOOM
ZOOM
ZU½d³« qOGAð ≠ «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
∂
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
SLOW +/-
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Program
w²« Èdšô« «—U *« W−d³ ∂ v« µ «uD)« bŽ«
ÆU¼b¹dð
DSP
8
SLEEP
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —“ jG{«
ENTER
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ —UO²šô æ
Æ2 ¨1 jG{« ¨±≤ —UO²šô æ
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô æ
4 ___ 7 ___
1 12
5 ___ 8 ___
2 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
3 ___
Play Program Clear All
VCR
TV VOL
Program
ENTER
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
7
10 _ _ _
11 _ _ _
12 _ _ _
Æ—U *« r— ‰Ušœô rd« —“ jG{«
1 _12
4 ___ 7 ___
2 ___
5 ___ 8 ___
3 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
Play Program Clear All
AUX PROGRESSIVE
3
Program
CENTER
8
0
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WLzU wH² ð
—U *« r—
4 ___ 7 ___
1 ___
5 ___ 8 ___
2 ___
6 ___ 9 ___
3 ___
Play Program Clear All
7
FM/AM
TV
¥
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
DVD
ÆPBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË l VCD W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ jI dNE¹ *
ENTER
6
TEST
4
REAR-R
wÐdŽ
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
∑
∏
PROG ZU½d³« sÒO³ dNE¹Ë ZU½d³« WLzU wH² ð
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
Æt²−dÐ Íc« VOðd²UÐ «—U *« qOGAð r²¹
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
Off
Off
Off
Off
Æ“Mode” —«dJ²« —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ENTER
Play Mode
Mode
Repeat
Repeat A–B
OSD
OK
≤
Off
Off
Off
Off
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ö
Æ7—e« jG{«
≥∏
AR36-39/TH-A35.p65
38
23/5/03, 2:45 PM
W¾OD³« Wd(« ÷dŽ
7
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« W¾OD³« Wd(« qOGA²Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
wÐdŽ
b??¹d??ð w??²? « W??D? I? M? « b??M? Ž 8 —e??« j??G? {«
ÆW¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ U¼bMŽ
±
ÆÊËe<« ZU½d³« ¡UG« r²¹Ë ÍœUF« qOGA²« v« qOGA²« dOG²¹
Ò
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W²ÐUŁ …—u dNEð
ÆSLOW + —e« jG{«
SLOW
≤
W¾OD³« Wd(« WŽdÝ dÒOG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
∫wK¹ UL
1/ 5
1/ 4
1/ 2
1/ 3
ZU½d³« qOGAð l{Ë s ÃËd K
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
…uD)« w “Off” —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©±
Æ≥∏ W?×?H vKŽ …œułu*« ≥
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ZU½d³« U¹u²× h×H
ÆON SCREEN WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ©±
Æ“Mode” l{u« —UO²šô 5¥∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ZU½d³« —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ©≥
Æ≤ …u?D)« w —U² “Program” Z?U½d³« Ê« lË “Program”
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“OK” —UO²šô 5¥∞dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©¥
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ ZU½d³« WLzU dNEð
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG{« ¨ZU½d³« U¹u²× ¡UHšô
Æ5ðd ON SCREEN
ÊËe<« ZU½d³« ` *
Æ≥∏ W?×H vKŽ …œułu*« ¥ v?« ± «uD)« bŽ« ©±
qJ« ¡UG« —UO²šô ∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ©≤
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“Clear All”
ZU½d³« q¹bF²
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
.Ëe²«
7
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …—uB« .Ëeð pMJ1
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{«
ZOOM
±
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÂËËe« sÒO³ dNE¹
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ZU½d³« WLzU WýUý —uNþ ¡UMŁ« ZU½d³« q¹bFð pMJ1
—UO *« ©dOýQð® —UO²šô ∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uD)« ¡UGô æ
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨»uKD*« dOž
—U ©dOýQð® —UO²šô ∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uD)« q¹bF² æ
Æ≥∏ W×H vKŽ …œułu*« ∂ v« µ «uD)« qLŽ« p– bFÐË ¨tK¹bFð b¹dð
Æ©CLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨b¹bł r— ‰Ušœ« q³®
…uDš ©dOýQð® —UO²šô ∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ∫…uDš WU{ô æ
Æ≥∏ W×H vKŽ …œułu*« ∂ v« µ «uD)« qLŽ« p– bFÐË ¨Wž—U ZU½dÐ
VCD W½«uDÝô WOuB)«
∫wK¹ UL dO³J²« dÒOG²¹ ¨sÒO³*« —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ«ØW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ
æ
7
ÆVCD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« —UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .bIð pMJ1
.Ëeð ÊËbÐ
©…uDš ±≤® ×U K .Ëeð
UOUFH« qOGAð
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 8—e« jG{«
±
…—uB« .bI² lÐU²²UÐ 8 —e« jG{«
Æ—UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ«
≤
©…uDš ±≤® qš«bK .Ëeð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W²ÐUŁ …—u dNEð
ENTER
8 PAUSE
∞¥5¥2¥3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ≤
Ætðb¼UA b¹dð Íc« r I« p¹dײ
.Ëe²« ¡UGô
Æ—UÞ« bFÐ —UÞ« …—uB« .bIð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w æ
Æ3 —e« jG{«
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
83 STEP
ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ3 —e« jG{«
≥π
AR36-39/TH-A35.p65
39
23/5/03, 2:45 PM
MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
qOGA²« VOðdð l MP3 W½«uDÝ« VOdð ∫‰U¦
WOdN« ö K ²«
2
øMP3 u¼ U
U—u WÞU ³Ð u¼ MP3 Æ“MPEG Audio Layer 3” …—U³F —UB²š« u¼ MP3
¨wMF¹ «c¼ Æ©*WO½U¦UÐ XÐuKO ±≤∏ ® ±∞∫± W³ MÐ UuKF jG{ vKŽ Íu²×¹ nK
Ë« CD-R W½«uDÝ« l ²ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨MP3 U—u ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ
CD W−b*« W½«uDÝô« UNF ð Ê« sJ1 w²« UuKF*« r−Š ·UF{« ±∞ CD-RW
ÆW¹œUF«
Æ uB« UuKF s …bŠ«Ë WO½UŁ tJKN² ð Íc« X³« œbŽ jÝu² w¼ X³« W³ ½ *
Æ©WO½UŁØXÐ ±∞∞∞® WO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO …bŠu« Âb ² ð
UŽuOý d¦ô« X³« W³ ½ ÆvKŽ« XÐ W³ ½ d²š« ¨qC« u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB×K
ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ±≤∏ w¼ “ud« ©qO− ð® q¹uײ
1
1
2
4
5
6
3
3
7
8
9
4
6
5
0
7
8
$
%
^
9
&
*
(
=
~
!
@
#
k«u(« sÒO³¹ ∫
© «—U *«® UHK*« sÒO³¹ ∫
MP3 nK o«uð WOKÐU
l o«u² U—uHÐ WK− *« MP3 UHK jI …¡«d “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
Æ≤ Èu² Ë« ± Èu² ISO 9660
∫WOU²« nK*« UFÝu l MP3 UHK jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²Ý •
Æ“.mp3” Ë ¨“.mP3” ¨“.Mp3” ¨“.MP3”
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ‡ WýUý vKŽ ID3v1* UUDÐ —UNþ« “UN'« «c¼ lOD²Ý •
r²¹ YOŠ “ID3 Tag” vL ðË nK UuKF vKŽ MP3 nK Èu²×¹ Ê« sJ1 *
ID3v1—— ÊU² ½ błu¹ Æa« —U *« Ê«uMŽË ¨wMG*«Ë ¨Âu³ô« rÝ« qO− ð
Æ©≤ W ½ ID3 Tag® ID3v2 Ë ©± W ½ ID3 Tag®
ÆID3v2 UUDÐ l o«u² dOž “UN'« «c¼ •
øUNKOGAðË MP3 UHK qO− ð r²¹ nO—W½«uDÝô« VOdð
wB A« dðuO³LJ« WOMI²Ð ¨“k«uŠ” w
“ MP3©
«—U ® UHK” qO− ð sJ1
ÆPC
«—U *« rOEMð v« WNÐUA WI¹dDÐ k«u(«Ë UHK*« rOEMð sJ1 ¨qO− ²« ¡UMŁ«
ÆdðuO³LJ« UuKF* k«u(«Ë
Æ—c'« l WŽuL−Ë —U q jЗ sJ1 Æ…d−A« —c' tÐUA “—c'«”
vŽb¹Ë—k«u(« lOL−² tÐ ÕuL *« vBô« b(« ¨ISO 9660 l o«u²K
Æ©—c'« qLA¹Ë® WO½ULŁ u¼—“wdN« q K ²«”
MP3 UHK* WEU(« Y×Ð VOðdðË UHK*« Y×Ð VOðdðË qOGA²« VOðdð d¹dIð r²¹
nK² ¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨«cNË ª©dOHAð Ë«® wÐU² ZU½dÐ WDÝ«uÐ W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− *«
Æ UHK*«Ë k«u(« qO− ð ¡UMŁ« »uKD*« VOðd²« sŽ qOGA²« VOðdð
MP3 W½«uDÝô
UEŠö
U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-R U½«uDÝ« U«® MP3 U½«uDÝ« VKD²ð Ê« sJ1
Æ…¡«dIK ‰uÞ« XË ©CD-RW
©ÆnK*«ØWEU(« qOJAð bOIFð V³ Ð Xu« ‰uÞ nK² ¹®
dH¹u« WŽULÝ Ãdš Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1 ô ¨WKL×
Ò MP3 W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ
ÆWOŽdH«
•
•
¥∞
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
40
23/5/03, 3:09 PM
wÐdŽ
—c'«
WK− *« MP3 © UHK® «—U qOGAð pMJ1 ÆMP3 qK× “UN'« «c¼ Âb ² ¹
ÆCD-ROMs U½«uDÝ« Ë CD-RWs U½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD-Rs U½«uDÝ« vKŽ
ƉœU³²K qÐU qJAÐ WKLF² eð«—U *UÝ Ë eðUHK*UÝ Ê« kŠô •
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
wÐdŽ
Play Track 1/28
_ CARD
1 SOLITAIRE
6
2 BEZIQUE.m
7
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
00:00:17
Brow Disc
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
7
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
—U *« r— :
WOU(« WEU(« rÝ« :
WEU(« qš«œ …œułu*« «—U LK wKJ« œbF«Ë wU(« ©nK*«® —U *« :
ÆWOU(«
ÆWK− *« —U ≤∏ ‡« 5Ð s ‰Ëô« —U *« qG²A¹ ∫‰U¦ •
qOGA²« l{Ë :
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË :
©bR*«® qOGA²« —U :
nK*« UuKF :
ÆnK*« UuKF dNEð ¨ID3v1 WUDÐ MP3 nK pK²« «–« •
8
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
File:BEZIQUE.mp3
Artist:
Album:
Song:
Comments:
Genre:
Year:
4
REAR-R
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
±
≤
≥
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
3
¥
µ
∂
∑
CHOICE
7
4 /¢
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
8
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
dš« —U v« »U¼cK
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 4 —e« Ë« ¢ —e« jG{«
ÆwU²« —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
¢ •
ÆoÐU « —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
4 •
r dE½« ¨UNKOGA𠜫d*« W½«uDÝô« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« s
Æ≤¥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “DVD/VCD/CD — U½«uDÝ« sŽ WbI”
qOGA²« ¡bÐ
ÆMP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« qOGA²Ð `BM½
WDO Ð …b* qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
Æ8 —e« jG{«
ÆMP3 W½«uDÝ« qšœ«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« dNE¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« ·UA²« bFÐ
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
1
SOLITAIRE
6
7
2
BEZIQUE.m
BRIDGE.mp3 8
3
4
CANASTA.m 9
5
COPAC.MP3 10
Æ3 —e« jG{« ¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ö
WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« ¡b³
Æ3 —e« jG{«
ENTER
3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨—U *« —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« 0 —e« jG{«
ÆWO½UŁ …d 0 —e« jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô
U—u Ë« ¨MP3
∫WEŠö
U—u Ë« ¨WOðu CD U—uHÐ WK− dOž WKÒL;« W½«uDÝô« X½U «–«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ “Error”QD)« …—Uý« dNEð ¨JPEG
¥±
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
41
≤
ÆqOGA²« √b³¹
W½«uDÝô« ëdšô
Æ×U K W½«uDÝô« WOMO Ãd ð
Brow Disc
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
File:BEZIQUE.mp3
Artist:
Album:
Comments:
Song:
Genre:
Year:
Æ7 —e« jG{«
Æ©bR*«® rÒKF*« —U *« qOGAð √b³¹
±
23/5/03, 3:09 PM
MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
—U²<« —U *« qOGAð ¡b³
ENTER
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
∫ UEŠö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ «—U ±∞ jI —UNþ« sJ1
ÆlÐU²²UÐ 3 dýR*« —“ jG{« ¨WOU²« «—U ±∞ ‡« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆlÐU²²UÐ 2 dýR*« —“ jG{« ¨WIÐU « «—U ±∞ ‡« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹ ¨Èdš« WEUŠ v« XKI²½« «–«
1
5
•
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
REAR-R
7
4 /¢
MENU
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
RETURN DIMMER
SURROUND
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
±
WýUA« vKŽ ‡ ÷dF« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ öOGA²«
ÆMP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« qOGA²Ð `BM½
vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WýUý dNEð ¨WKL;«
Ò MP3 W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ·ÒdF²« bMŽ
Ÿu½ V Š WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WýUý U¹u²× nK² ð® ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý
©ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ MP3 «—U qO− ð WI¹dÞ V Š — W½«uDÝô«
“ Brow Disc ©W½«uDÝô« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
Æ“ Crea Prog ©ZU½d³« qLŽ®” …—Uý« v«
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
1 SOLITAIRE
6
2 BEZIQUE.m
7
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
DSP
ZOOM
SLEEP
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æ—U *«
8
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð pMJ1
ENTER
TOP
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
ZU½d³« qOGAð — «—U *« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
6
1 SOLITAIRE
7
2 BEZIQUE.m
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
MUTING REC/MEMORY
3
p– bFÐË 5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 0 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±∞ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 —e« jG{« ¨≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
ENTER
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
AUDIO VOL
0
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
¨“Brow Disc” W½«uDÝô« `ÒHBð …—Uý«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
AUX PROGRESSIVE
VCR
TV VOL
Æ—U² Ô*« —U *« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹
8
CLEAR SETTING
8
0
FM/AM
CONTROL
r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
Æ»uKD*« —U *«
4
7
•
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
SUBWOOFER
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
DVD
Æ…dýU³ WOU(« WEU(« vKŽ œułu sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ô« sJ1
2
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
…dýU³ sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ô«
CENTER
3
REAR-L
TV
1
SUBWOOFER
2
qLF
ÆWEUŠ v« »U¼c« Ë« qOGA²« ¡b³
≤
ÆWEUŠ Ë« —U —UO²šô
—e«
ENTER
3/2 /5/∞
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
¥≤
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
42
23/5/03, 3:09 PM
wÐdŽ
¨—U *« —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« WUŠ w UL WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1
dš« —U v« »U¼cK
wÐdŽ
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 4 —e« Ë« ¢ —e« jG{«
ÆwU²« —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
¢ •
ÆoÐU « —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
4 •
WDO Ð …b* qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ©«bR® ULÒKF —U²<« —U *« `³B¹
ENTER
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
6
1 SOLITAIRE
7
2 BEZIQUE.m
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
Æ3 —e« jG{«
ENTER
—U²<« —U *« qOGAð ¡b³
—UO²šô —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨—U *«
…dýU³ sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ö
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
Æ»uKD*« —U *« r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË 5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
6
7
8
p– bFÐË 0 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±∞ rd« —UO²šô •
CLEAR SETTING
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
0
p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 —e« jG{« ¨≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
ÆENTER
SUBWOOFER
2
3
4
REAR-R
•
•
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
¨“Crea Prog” ZU½d³« qLŽ …—Uý«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
µ
v« “ Crea Prog ©ZU½d³« qLŽ®” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
dNEðË ¨“ Brow Prog ©ZU½d³« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—U²<« «—U *«
Stop Track 1/28
00:00:00
Brow Prog
Selected Files:
1 BRIDGE.mp3 6
CANASTA.m
2
RUMMY.MP3
CRIBBAGE.
3
OLDMAID.M
4
5
HEART.MP3
ENTER
CENTER
¥
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
ÆÈdš« k«uŠ s —U *« —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆZU½d³« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d s d¦« —U *« fH½ —UO²š« pMJ1 ô
WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« ¡b³
1
•
w²« Èdšô« «—U *« W−d³ ≥ v« ≤ «uD)« bŽ«
ÆU¼b¹dð
Æ3 —e« jG{« ¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
Æ7 —e« jG{«
00:00:00
Crea Prog
CRIBBAGE.
HEART.MP3
OLDMAID.M
PINOCLE.M
RUMMY.MP3
ÆrÒKF*« —U *« ¡UG« r²¹ ¨WO½UŁ …d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ XDG{ «–«
Æ8 —e« jG{«
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ö
Stop Track 1/28
_ CARD
1 SOLITAIRE
6
2 BEZIQUE.m
7
3 BRIDGE.mp3 8
4 CANASTA.m 9
5 COPAC.MP3 10
≥
ENTER
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ —U
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
∂
Æt²−dÐ Íc« VOðd²UÐ «—U *« qOGAð r²¹
Zd³*« qOGA²« s ÃËd K
ENTER
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
…—Uý« —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
p– bFÐË ¨“Brow Prog” ZU½d³« `HBð
Ò
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
“Brow Prog ©ZU½d³« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
Æ“Brow Disc ©W½«uDÝô« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« v«
ÆÊËe<« ZU½d³« ¡UG« r²¹Ë qOGA²« nu²¹
¥≥
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
43
23/5/03, 3:10 PM
JPEG W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
øJPEG u¼ U
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
3
REAR-L
5
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
JPEG W½«uDÝ« ‰uŠ
ENTER
3
7
4 /¢
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
8
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
W½«uDÝô« VOdð
WFÒL− UHK*« …œUŽ ÆnKL WK− ©…œU® W²ÐUŁ …—u q ¨JPEG W½«uDÝ« vKŽ
UI³Þ ÊÒuJð YOŠ ¨Èdš« k«uŠ vKŽ k«u(« Íu²% Ê« UC¹« sJ1 ÆWEUŠ qš«œ
Æwd¼ q K ð «– k«uŠ
qJý vKŽ k«u(« VÒðd¹Ë W½«uDÝö wdN« q K K²« ¡UMÐ “UN'« «c¼ qN ¹
Ò
Æ“ UŽuL−”
œuM³« qLAðË ¨…bŠ«Ë WEU×Ð nK πππ W¹UG vKŽ ·ÒdF²« “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
Æ UHK*«Ë WOŽdH« k«u(«
»U ²Š« UC¹« r²¹ ¨WEU(« w JPEG UHK dOž UHK Ÿu½ Í« œułË WUŠ w •
Æπππ œbFK wKJ« œbF« sL{ s UHK*« Ác¼
8
TEST
TV
U—ô« —«—“«
SUBWOOFER
2
DSP
ZOOM
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
W½«uDÝô« qOL%
ÆJPEG W½«uDÝ« qšœ«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« dNE¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« ·UA²« bFÐ
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
3 BLACK.JPG
8
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
UEŠö
XË ©CD-RW U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-R U½«uDÝ« U«® JPEG U½«uDÝ« VKD²ð •
©ÆnK*«ØWŽuL:« qOJAð bOIFð V³ Ð Xu« nK² ¹® Æ…¡«dIK ‰uÞ«
U—uH ≤ Èu² Ë« ± Èu² ISO 9660 d²š« ¨JPEG W½«uDÝ« qLŽ bMŽ •
ÆW½«uDÝö
µ W¹UG® “multi-session” œbF²*« qO− ²« U½«uDÝ« “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹ •
Æ© öO− ð
Æ“packet write” U½«uDÝ« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ô •
∫WOU²« nK*« UFÝu l JPEG UHK qOGAð jI “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
Ë« …dO³ ·ËdŠ s WHR WŽuL− Í«Ë “.JPEG” ¨“.JPG” ¨“.jpeg” ¨“.jpg”
Æ©“.Jpg” q¦® …dOG
s d¦« qOKײРnK qO− ð - «–«® Æ¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ qOKײРnK*« qO− ²Ð `BM½ •
©ÆdNE¹ v²Š ‰uÞ« XË qÒLײ¹ ·uÝ ¨¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞
sJ1 ô ÆÍbŽUI« j)« «– *JPEG UHK jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ •
ÆÊ«bI ÊËbÐ *JPEG UHK Ë« w−¹—b²« ` *« «– *JPEG UHK qOGAð
qO− ð ôUŠ Ë« hzUBš V³ Ð JPEG U½«uDÝ« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 •
Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼
¨WOLd« «dOUJK U—uH« «c¼ qLF² ¹ ∫ÍbŽUI« j)« «– JPEG U—u • *
Æa« ¨X½d²½ô« U×H
ÆX½d²½ô« U×HB U—uH« «c¼ qLF² ¹ ∫w−¹—b²« ` *« «– JPEG U—u •
Æ qLF² ¹ U «—œU½Ë .b u¼ U—uH« «c¼ ∫Ê«bI ÊËbÐ JPEG U—u •
Brow Disc
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
¥¥
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
44
23/5/03, 3:10 PM
wÐdŽ
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
DVD
WŽuL− q³ s Õd²I W²ÐUŁ ‡ …—u UuKF jG{ ÂUE½ u¼ ÂUEM« «c¼
…—uB« …œuł w qOK ÊUBIMÐ eOL²¹Ë ¨Joint Photographic Expert Group
Æ…—uB« UuKF* wUF« jGC« W³ ½ s rždUÐ
WýUA« vKŽ ‡ ÷dF« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ öOGA²«
XR qJAÐ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UI¹ô
sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« 8 XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG{«
ÆbFÐ
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF«
wÐdŽ
«b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UM¾²Ýô
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
3 BLACK.JPG
8
4 BLUE.JPG
9
10
5 CYAN.JPG
Æ3 —e« jG{«
UOK «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UI¹ô
Æ7 —e« jG{«
ÂUö UHK*« wD ²
Æ¢ —e« jG{«
nK K UHK*« wD ²
nK*« r—
WOU(« WEU(« rÝ«
ÆWOU(« WEU(« qš«œ …œułu*« UHKLK wKJ« œbF«Ë wU(« nK*«
ÆWK− *« —U ≤≤ ‡« 5Ð s ‰Ëô« —U *« qG²A¹ ∫‰U¦ •
qOGA²« l{Ë
©bR® qOGA²« nK
«c¼ qOGAð √b³¹ ¨ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ¡b³ 3 —e« jGCð UbMŽ •
Æ©bR*«® nK*«
Æ4 —e« jG{«
qLF
Æ 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆWEUŠ v« »U¼c« Ë« qOGA²« ¡b³
vKŽ …—ÒËb …—uB«Ë «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ nu²¹ UbMŽ
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý
Wł—œ π∞ W¹Ë«“ ∫3
Wł—œ ±∏∞ W¹Ë«“ ∫∞
Wł—œ ≤∑∞ W¹Ë«“ ∫2
Wł—œ dH W¹Ë«“ ∫3
Æ5 —e« jG{« Ë« WO½UŁ …d —e« jG{« ¨W¹œUF« W¹Ë«e« v« ŸułdK
ÆWEUŠ Ë« nK*« —UO²šô
Zoom ✕ 4
Zoom ✕ 1.25
…uDš ±≤
r I« p¹dײ 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{« ¨qš«bK …—uB« .Ëeð ¡UMŁ« •
Ætðb¼UA b¹dð Íc«
:
:
:
¥
µ
—e«
ENTER
3/2 /5/∞
Æ3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ENTER
∫WEŠö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UHK ±∞ jI —UNþ« sJ1
ÆlÐU²²UÐ 3 dýR*« —“ jG{« ¨WOU²« UHK ±∞ ‡« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆlÐU²²UÐ 2 dýR*« —“ jG{« ¨WIÐU « UHK ±∞ ‡« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÂËËe« sÒO³ dNE¹
wK¹ UL dO³J²« dÒOG²¹ ¨sÒO³*« —uNþ ¡UMŁ« —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
No Zoom
:
±
≤
≥
nK*« —UO²šô
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .Ëe²
ÆZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{«
ZOOM
:
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« d¹Ëb²
ENTER
00:00:00
Brow Disc
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
—U²<« nK*« jI —UNþô
ENTER
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
WýUý vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® —U²<« nK*« —UNþ« r²¹
ÆÊu¹eHK²«
∫WEŠö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ‡ WýUý l VÝUM²O UOJOðUuðË« …—uB« ”UI dOG²¹
Ò
Æ3 —e« jG{« ¨ÂËËe« ¡UGô
«b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ¡b³
Æ3 —e« jG{«
¨Ê«uŁ …bF Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® nK q ÷dŽ r²¹
Ædšô« bFÐ bŠ«Ë wU²« nK*« vKŽ dOOG²« r²¹ p– bFÐË
Ædš« qUŽ vKŽ Ë« nK*« ”UI vKŽ «œUL²Ž« nK*« ÷dŽ XË nK² ¹
¥µ
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
45
23/5/03, 3:10 PM
•
JPEG W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
ZU½d³« qOGAð— UHK*« qOGAð VOðdð W−dÐ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ENTER
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
¨“Brow Disc” W½«uDÝô« `ÒHBð …—Uý«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
±
Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
2 AZURE.JPG
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
5 CYAN.JPG
6
7
8
9
10
5
6
Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
2 AZURE.JPG
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
5 CYAN.JPG
6
7
8
9
10
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
VCR
MUTING REC/MEMORY
≤
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
3
CHOICE
7
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
RETURN DIMMER
≥
8
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
DSP
ZOOM
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
…dýU³ sÒOF nK v« ‰UI²½ô«
•
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
ÆÈdš« k«uŠ s UHK*« —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆZU½d³« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d s d¦« nK*« fH½ —UO²š« pMJ1 ô
8
0
FM/AM
CONTROL
Æ…dýU³ WOU(« WEU(« vKŽ œułu sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ô« sJ1
¥
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
CENTER
1
Stop
7
9
DVD
4 /¢
W−d³ ≥ Ë ≤ «uD)« bŽ«
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« Èdšô« «—U *«
ENTER
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
TOP
MENU
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
ÆrÒKF*« —U *« ¡UG« r²¹ ¨WO½UŁ …d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ XDG{ «–«
4
REAR-R
AUDIO VOL
Æ©«bR® ULÒKF —U²<« nK*« `³B¹
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
8
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
3
REAR-L
TV VOL
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ENTER
SUBWOOFER
2
TEST
00:00:00
Crea Prog
GREEN.JPG
ORANGE.JP
PURPLE.JP
WHITE.JPG
YELLOW.JP
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆnK*«
Stop
VCR
CENTER
1
TV
ENTER
AUDIO
TV
“ Brow Disc ©W½«uDÝô« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
Æ“ Crea Prog ©ZU½d³« qLŽ®” …—Uý« v«
Stop Track 1/22
_ Color
1 Rainbow
6
2 AZURE.JPG
7
8
3 BLACK.JPG
4 BLUE.JPG
9
5 CYAN.JPG
10
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
•
•
3
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
Æ»uKD*« nK*«
CLEAR SETTING
Æ—U² Ô*« —U *« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹
0
p– bFÐË 5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 0 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±∞ rd« —UO²šô
ÆENTER
•
•
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 —e« jG{« ¨≤≥ rd« —UO²šô
•
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±≤≥ rd« —UO²šô
•
ÆENTER
ÆENTER
¥∂
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
46
23/5/03, 3:10 PM
wÐdŽ
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ nK*« qOGAð VOðdð pMJ1
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ·UI¹ô
Æ7 —e« jG{«
ENTER
wÐdŽ
Æ3 —e« jG{«
Stop Track 1/22
00:00:00
Selected Files:
Brow Prog
1 BLACK.JPG
6 AZURE.JPG
2 PURPLE.JP
3
GREEN.JPG
4 WHITE.JPG
5 CYAN.JPG
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« d¹Ëb²
Æ3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ENTER
ZOOM
ENTER
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ nK
ÆZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ Ë« 3 —e« jG{«
—U²<« nK*« qOGAð ¡b³
µ
v« “ Crea Prog ©ZU½d³« qLŽ®” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
dNEðË ¨“ Brow Prog ©ZU½d³« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—U²<« UHK*«
WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« ¡b³
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .Ëe²
—UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
¨“Crea Prog” ZU½d³« qLŽ …—Uý«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
VOðd²UÐ UHK*« qOGAð r²¹
Æt²−dÐ Íc«
ENTER
∂
∑
¨nK*« —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
Zd³*« qOGA²« s ÃËd K
ENTER
…dýU³ sÒOF —U v« ‰UI²½ö
SUBWOOFER
2
REAR-L
5
TEST
9
Æ»uKD*« —U *« r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË 5 —e« jG{« ¨µ rd« —UO²šô •
ENTER ‰ušb«
6
7
8
p– bFÐË 0 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±∞ rd« —UO²šô •
CLEAR SETTING
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
0
p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 —e« jG{« ¨≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË 3 ¨2 ¨1 —e« jG{« ¨±≤≥ rd« —UO²šô •
CENTER
1
3
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ZU½d³« `ÒHBð …—Uý« —UO²šô 3/2/5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“Brow Prog”
`HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« v« “ Brow Prog ©ZU½d³« `HBð®
Ò ” …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
Æ“ Brow Disc ©W½«uDÝô«
ÆÊËe<« ZU½d³« ¡UG« r²¹Ë qOGA²« nu²¹
4
REAR-R
ENTER
ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« WUŠ w UL WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1
dš« —U v« »U¼cK
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« 4 —e« Ë« ¢ —e« jG{«
ÆwU²« —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
¢ •
ÆoÐU « —U *« W¹«bÐ v« wD ²K :
4 •
WDO Ð …b* qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
Æ8 —e« jG{«
Æ3 —e« jG{« ¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
¥∑
AR40-47/TH-A35.p65
47
23/5/03, 3:10 PM
n«u*« öOGAð
UD;« vKŽ nOu²«
FM/AM
—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ FM/AM Włu —“ jG{«
ÆWłu*«
±
nOu²« —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
qHÝö Ë« TUNING UP vKŽö
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« œœd²« b& v²Š DOWN
Æœœd²« …œU¹e ∫ TUNING UP
Æœœd²« qOKI² ∫ TUNING DOWN
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
Æ…—U² *«Ô WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹
ÆAM Ë FM Włu 5Ð ‰œU³²« r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
DOWN - TUNING - UP
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
≤
FM/AM
4
6
7
8
TEST
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
VCR
TV VOL
•
•
MUTING REC/MEMORY
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Æ…dýU³ WD;« œœdð ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
•
CHOICE
CHOICE
∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ
v²Š lÐU²²UÐ SOURCE —bB*« —“ jG{«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ WÐuKD*« Włu*« dNEð
±
TUNING
UP/DOWN
TUNER FM
DIGITAL IN
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
Æ…—U² *«Ô WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹
∫wK¹ UL —bB*« dOG²¹
Ò ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
DVD
MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
…—Uý« «– WD× vKŽ nOu²« bMŽ nu²¹Ë UD;« sŽ Y׳« “UN'« √b³¹
ÆWOU …—uBÐ W¹u
SOURCE
FM MODE
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
REAR-R
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
1 /¡
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
TUNER AM
ANALOG IN
Ë« ¢ —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{
Íc« œœd²« œU−¹« r²¹ v²Š 4 —e«
ÆÁb¹dð
Æœœd²« …œU¹e ∫
Æœœd²« qOKI² ∫
≤
n«u*« öOGAð” r dE½« ¨WO Ozd« n«u*« qOGAð UOKLŽ qł« s
Ʊ∂ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WOÝUÝô«
AM Włu n«u
¢ •
4 •
…—Uý« «– WD× vKŽ nOu²« bMŽ nu²¹Ë UD;« sŽ Y׳« “UN'« √b³¹
ÆWOU …—uBÐ W¹u
∫WEŠö
¡wC¹Ë ¨Y׳« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹ ¨WOU …—uBÐ W¹u …—Uý« «– WD× vKŽ nOu²« bMŽ •
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ TUNED nOu²« sO³
Ò
Æ STEREO u¹dO² « sÒO³ UC¹« ¡wC¹ ¨u¹dO²Ý FM ZU½dÐ ‰U³I²Ý« bMŽ •
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš œœd²« dÒOG²¹ ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« jG{ bMŽ •
UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU j³{
iFÐ wË ¨eðd¼ uKO π —«bI0 AM UD× 5Ð qUH« ÊuJ¹ —UDô« iFÐ w
Æeðd¼ uKO ±∞ —«bI0 qUH« ÊuJ¹ Èdšô« —UDô«
ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ eðd¼ uKO π qUH« •
uKO π 5Ð AM Ułu nOuð qU ‰œU³ð r²¹ ¨wU²« ¡«dłô« qLFð …d q w •
Æeðd¼ uKO ±∞ Ë eðd¼
±
≤
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« j³C« dNE¹
ÆWłuL AM d²š«
ÆCHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«
CHOICE
CHOICE
CHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«
5Ð nOu²« qU —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ
ÆAM Włu UD×
nOuð qU dOG²¹
Ò ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
ÆwK¹ UL AM Włu n«u
eðd¼ uKO π
ENTER
≥
eðd¼ uKO ±∞
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
dÒOG²¹Ë ¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “OK” …—Uý« dNEð
ÆAM Włu n«u nOuð qU
¥
¥∏
AR48-49/TH-A35.p65
48
24/5/03, 3:19 PM
wÐdŽ
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s
UI³ WÞu³C WD× vKŽ nOu²K
o³ *« j³C« nOuð ‰ULF²Ý«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
wÐdŽ
FM/AM
—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ FM/AM Włu —“ jG{«
ÆWłu*«
±
WD;« —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*«
≤
Æ…—U² Ô*« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹
ÆAM Ë FM Włu 5Ð ‰œU³²« r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
TEST
4
REAR-R
9
0
¨dþUM*« rd« —“ jG{« ¨π v« ± rd« —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË
bFÐË ¨5 ¨1 rd« —“ jG{« ¨±µ rd« —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p–
ÆCLEAR ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‡ ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô
8
CLEAR SETTING
UOJOðUuðË« o³ *« j³C« UD× Êe)
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
…b* MEMORY …d«c« —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
ÆWDO Ð
REC/MEMORY
j³C« √b³¹ ¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “AUTO SAVE” wzUIK²« kH(« …—Uý« dNEð
ÆwJOðUuðËô« o³ *«
qš«œ UOJOðUuðË« UN½eš r²¹Ë W¹uI« «—Uýô« «– WOK;« UD;« sŽ Y׳« r²¹
√b³¹Ë AM Włu v« Włu*« dÒOG²¹ ¨FM UD; o³ *« j³C« ¡UN²½« bMŽ ÆWłu*«
ÆwJOðUuðËô« o³ *« j³C«
•
•
•
Æo³ *« j³C« WD× —UO²šô ¡/1 —«—“ô« jG{ pMJ1
Æo³ *« j³C« r— …œU¹e ∫ ¡
Æo³ *« j³C« r— qOKI² ∫ 1
qLŽ pMJ1 ÆWŽd Ð WD;« vKŽ nOu²« sJ1 ¨…UM r— vKŽ WD;« 5OFð bFÐ
ÆAM WD× ±µ Ë FM WD× ≥∞ W¹UG o³ *« j³C«
o³ *« j³C« UD× Êe)
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
•
FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë —UO²š«
dE½«® WI³ …—uBÐ UND³{ b¹dð w²« WD;« vKŽ n«Ë
Æ©“ UD;« vKŽ nOu²«” r
L
TUNED
R
dOOGð pMJ1 ¨ZO−{ vKŽ UOUŠ n«u*« u¹dO² « FM Włu ZU½dÐ Íu²×¹ UbMŽ
ƉU³I²Ýô« 5 ײ FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë
FM MODE
FM MODE
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ÆFM MODE —e« jG{«
ÆFM MODE —e« jG{« ¨u¹dO² « u WOUF …œUF²Ýô
Æu¹dO² « u WOUF …œUF²Ý« r²¹
ÆMEMORY …d«c« —“ jG{«
REC/MEMORY
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “SAVE TO” vKŽ kH(« …—Uý« dNEð
L
≤
TUNED
R
STEREO
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
∫WEŠö
∫WOU²« ôU(« w FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë ·UM¾²Ý« UC¹« r²¹
ÆWłu*« Ë« ¨o³ *« j³C« r— Ë« ¨œœd²« dOOGð bMŽ •
kHŠ r²¹ ¨“UN'« vKŽ œułu*« SOURCE —bB*« —“ XKLF²Ý« «–«® —bB*« dOOGð bMŽ •
©ÆFM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë
Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« bMŽ •
MHz
STEREO
ZU½d³« bIH¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý s STEREO u¹dO² « sÒO³ wH² ¹
Æu¹dO² « WOUF
±
TEST
9
4
REAR-R
CLEAR SETTING
0
8
r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
Æo³ *« j³C«
ÆdþUM*« rd« —“ jG{« ¨π v« ± rd« —UO²šô
Æ5 ¨1 rd« —“ jG{« ¨±µ rd« —UO²šô
¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞU)« ‡ ‰Ušœô« ¡UGô
ÆCLEAR
≥
•
•
•
Êe) ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æo³ *« j³C« WD×
¥
b¹dð w²« UD;« q Êe) ¥ v« ± «uD)« bŽ«
ÆUN½eš
µ
ENTER
WýUý vKŽ “SAVED” kH(« …—Uý« dNEð
o³ *« j³C« r— vKŽ WD;« 5OFð .Ë ÷dF«
Æ—U²<«
W½Ëe<« o³ *« j³C« WD× ` *
ÆoÐU « w W½Ëe<« WD;« ` 1 qLF² r— vKŽ …b¹bł WD× Êeš
¥π
AR48-49/TH-A35.p65
49
23/5/03, 3:11 PM
DVD W½«uDÝô«
öOCH𠜫bŽ«
—UO²šô« rz«u ‰ULF²Ý«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
7
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV
Audio
Setting
8
TEST
VCR
TV VOL
Rating
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
Language Picture
4
REAR-R
wÐdŽ
Ë« pKOCHð V Š DVD W−b*« W½«uDÝô« qOGA² wËô« j³C« q¹bFð pMJ1
Æ—UO²š« rz«u fLš ‰öš s pðUłUŠ
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« l{Ë —UO²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qOGA² ÃU²% •
«—U² DVD W½«uDÝ« qÒGA ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ jI —UO²šô« WLzU —UO²š« pMJ1 •
ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« l —bBL
Æ—UO²šô« WLzU öOGA² bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« jI pMJ1 •
Ƶ± W×H dE½« Æ—UO²šô« rz«u w WKLF² *« WGK« dOOGð pMJ1 •
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
Ê«uMF«Ë uB« ¨W½«uDÝô« WLzUI WOËô« UGK« —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆwŽdH«
¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WKLF² *« WGK« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1
Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð
ÆV«d*« WýUýË …—uB« V Š WÐuKD*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« pMJ1
Ãd)« qOuð ·dÞ ‰öš s WOLd« …—Uýô« Ÿu½ —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆDIGITAL OUT wLd«
Æ UŽUL « jD V Š WŽUL « UÞu³{ qLŽ sJ1
Æq¼ô« qH j³{ dOOGð pMJ1
vKŽ œułu*« “q¼ô« qH ©nOMBð® Èu² j³{” r dE½«
Ƶµ W×H
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
:Language
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
:Picture
RETURN DIMMER
:Audio
:Setting
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
:Rating
—UO²šô« rz«u ‰öš s wÝUÝô« ¡«dłô«
ÆCHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —UO²šô« WLzU dNEð
CHOICE
ENTER
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
±
Rating
lÐU²²UÐ 3/2 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
WGK«——UO²šô« rz«u ÈbŠ« —UO²šô
¨Picture …—uB« ¨Language
Ë« ¨Setting j³C« ¨Audio uB«
ÆRating nOMB²«
≤
µ∞
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
50
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Language WLzU
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …¡«dIK Ë« ŸUL²Ýö WKCH*« WGK« —UO²š« pMJ1
qOGAð p²ŽUD²ÝUÐ ÊuJOÝ ¨DVD W½«uDÝ« …b¼UA Ë« “UN'« «c¼ qOGAð bMŽ
ÆUN²½ešË UNðd²š« w²« WGKUÐ DVD W½«uDÝ« …b¼UA0 ŸU²L²Ýô« Ë« “UN'«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—U²<« WLzUI« dNEð
ENTER
wÐdŽ
∫wK¹ U —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨Language —UO²š« WLzU vKŽ
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
≥
Rating
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
0 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
Rating
Test Tone
ÆSetting j³C« WLzU —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
On Screen
English
Subtitle
English
Audio
English
English
DVD Menu
Restore default
∫On Screen
¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …d¼UE« ÊUO³« WG d²š«
·UI¹ô« ¨PLAY qOGA²« ‰U¦® ÆÂUEM« «c¼ qOGAð
©Æa« ¨PAUSE XR*« ·UI¹ô« ¨STOP
∫Subtitle
…b¼UA ¡UMŁ« U¼√dIð w²« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d²š«
ÆDVD W½«uDÝ«
∫Audio
W½«uDÝ« …b¼UA ¡UMŁ« UNO« lL² ð w²« WGK« d²š«
ÆDVD
∫DVD Menu
w²« DVD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK− *« WLzUI« WG d²š«
WU)« DVD W½«uDÝ« WLzU qOGAð ¡UMŁ« UNKLF² ð
ÆUNÐ
j³{ ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ —UO²šô« WLzU UÞu³{ q lłdð ∫Restore default
Èu² Ë ¨…—uB« WLzU qš«œ “pÐUA²*«” ` *«
v« ©nOMB²« WLzU qš«œ d « WLKË nOMB²«
ÆwËô« j³C«
¨ENTER ‰ušb« —“ XDG{Ë bM³« «c¼ d²š« «–«
“System Reset” “UN'« j³{ …œUŽ« …—Uý« dNEð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ
jG{«Ë “OK” …—Uýô« d²š« ¨ UÞu³C« j³{ …œUŽô
WLzU UÞu³{ q lłdð ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“
r²¹Ë —UO²šô« WLzU wH² ðË ¨wËô« j³C« v« —UO²šô«
ÆWO½UŁ …d W½«uDÝô« qOL%
lÐU²²UÐ 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
ÆtD³{ b¹dð Íc« bM³« —UO²šô
¥
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
µ
ENTER
ÆbM³« j³{ dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
ENTER
Language Picture
WLzUË ¨“Audio” uB« ¨“On screen” WýUA« vKŽ ÷dFK •
∫“DVD Menu” DVD W½«uDÝ«
Æ«—U² “C. Delay” ed*« WŽULÝ dOšQð XË ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
∫ UEŠö
‰ušb« —“ jG{Ë “Next Page” —UO²š« Æ5²×H s —UO²šô« rz«u iFÐ nQ²ð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ dNEð —UO²šô« WLzUI WOU²« W×HB« qF−¹ ENTER
Æœ«bŽû WOŽd ‡ rz«u s —UO²šô« rz«u w œuM³« iFÐ nQ²ð
vKŽ dNEð œuM³K WOŽdH« ‡ WLzUI« qF−¹ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{Ë bM³« Ác¼ —UO²š«
UL® ENTER ‰ušb«Ë 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« …c¼ j³{ pMJ1 ÆÊu¹eHK²«
Æ©wÝUÝô« ¡«dłô« «c¼ w ÕËdA u¼
Æ2 dýR*« —“ jG{« ¨WOŽdH« ‡ WLzUI« v« ŸułdK
•
•
•
Èdš« —UO²š« WLzU v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆWLzUI« w œuM³« WL —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ 5 dýR*« —“ jG{«
:“Subtitle” wŽdH« Ê«uMFK •
Æ·UI¹«Ë wzUIKðË ¨WOMOB«Ë ¨WO½U³Ýô« ¨W¹eOK$ô«
∫WEŠö
∫WOU²« ôU(« w pD³{ sŽ dEM« iGÐ WOË« WGK WOKô« WGK« —UO²š« r²¹ ·uÝ
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž UNðd²š« w²« WGK« X½U «–« •
ÆWOKô« WGKUÐ qOGA²K W−d³ W½«uDÝô« X½U «–« •
µ±
51
Rating
Test Tone
ÆWOMOB«Ë ¨WO½U³Ýô« ¨W¹eOK$ô«
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
Setting
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
2 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
WLzUI« Ác¼ vKŽ U¼—UO²š« sJ1 w²« UGK«
ÆWLzUI« vKŽ ×b bMÐ qJ WKBHM …—uBÐ WOU²« UGK« —UO²š« pMJ1
Audio
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
DVD W½«uDÝô«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
4
REAR-R
7
8
wÐdŽ
WK− DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGA² WýUA« ”UI d²š« :Monitor Type
Æ16:9 ”UI WC¹dŽ WýUý u¹bO …—UýUÐ
UbMŽ “4:3 Letter Box”UI d²š« :4:3 Letter Box •
p½u¹eHKð ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð
WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ« Æ4:3 w¼
¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ¨WC¹dŽ
ÆWýUA« s wKH «Ë ÍuKF«
UbMŽ “4:3 Pan-Scan” UI d²š« :4:3 Pan-Scan •
p½u¹eHKð ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð
WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ« Æ4:3 w¼
lË ¨¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ô ¨WC¹dŽ
Èd O« …—uB« ·«uŠ V½«uł dNEð ô ·uÝ ¨p–
ÆWýUA« vKŽ vMLO«Ë
UbMŽ “16:9 Wide”UI d²š«
:16:9 Wide •
÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð
«c¼ j³C¹® Æ16:9 w¼ p½u¹eHKð
vKŽ qU ”UI vKŽ WýUA« ”UI l{u«
©ÆÊu¹eHK²«
ÆÊuK« ÂUE½ d²š«
:TV System
ÆNTSC p½u¹eHKð ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
:NTSC •
ÆPAL p½u¹eHKð ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
:PAL •
Æu¹bOH« …—Uý« Ÿu½ d²š«
:Interlace
S-Video u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š« :CVBS S_Video •
ÆÊu¹eHKð l qOu²K
u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« ÂbŽ bMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š« :CVBS YUV •
ÆÊu¹eHKð l qOu²K S-Video
ÆbM³« «c¼ —UO²š« pMJ1 ô :Progressive
ÆTE ©‰UI²½ô« WOUF® l{Ë —UO²š« pMJ1
:TE Mode
…—uB« dNEð ¨Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ dNEðË …—uB« dÒOG²ð UbMŽ
:On •
ƉUI²½ô« WOUF l
ƉUI²½ô« WOUF ÊËbÐ …—uB« dNEð
:Off •
UbMŽ qC« —u vKŽ ‰uB×K l{u« «c¼ dOOGð pMJ1
:Pause/Still
ÆtýuA Ë« W×{«Ë dOž …—uB« ÊuJð
…—uB« X½U «–« Æ“AUTO” wzUIK²« l{u« d²š« …œUŽ
d²š« ¨týuA Ë« W×{«Ë dOž W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*«
Æ“Field” qIŠ Ë« “Frame” —UÞ« l{Ë
Ë« dOGB« hM« …b¼UA sJ1 ô UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
:Frame •
ÆW×{«Ë …—uBÐ WIOb« ◊U/ô«
ÆtýuA Wdײ*« …—uB« ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
:Field •
rzö*« l{u« “UN'« —U² ¹ Æl{u« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ
:Auto •
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
öOCH𠜫bŽ«
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
0
9
DVD
AUX PROGRESSIVE
FM/AM
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
DSP
ZOOM
SURROUND
SLEEP
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
Picture WLzU
ÆV«d*« WýUýË …—uB« V Š WÐuKD*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« pMJ1
∫wK¹ U j³{ pMJ1 Picture WLzU vKŽ
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Rating
Monitor type
4:3Letter Box
TV System
PAL
CVBS YUV
Interlace
Progressive
YPBPR
Next Page
µ≤
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
52
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
Setting WLzU
Æ UŽUL « jD Ë ”UI V Š WŽUL « UÞu³{ qLŽ sJ1
wÐdŽ
∫wK¹ U j³{ pMJ1 ¨Setting WLzU vKŽ
Language Picture
Audio
Setting
Audio WLzU
wLd« Ãd)« qOuð ·dÞ ‰öš s WOLd« …—Uýô« Ÿu½ —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆDIGITAL OUT
∫wK¹ U j³{ pMJ1 ¨Audio WLzU vKŽ
Language Picture
Rating
D Digital
DTS
MP3
CD
Dynamic Range
Off
C.Delay
0 ms
S.Delay
0 ms
Speaker Set LR C LS RS SW
:Dynamic Range
53
Rating
Off
Off
Off
Off
:D Digital / DTS
:PCM •
:C.Delay
wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ qOu²« bMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
wD)« PCM wLd« qšb« l DIGITAL OUT
Æwł—U)« uB« “UN'
r C* wLd« qšb« qOuð bMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
œbF² qK× Ë« wKš«œ wLd« w³Ëœ qK× l u
ÆwKš«œ DTS …UMI«
wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ s «—Uý« Ãd ð ô
:R.Delay
wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ s «—Uý« Ãd ð ô
:On •
:Off •
:Speaker Set
:Test Tone
Æ DIGITAL OUT
Æ DIGITAL OUT
wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ qOu²« bMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
wD)« PCM wLd« qšb« l DIGITAL OUT
Æwł—U)« uB« “UN'
wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ s «—Uý« Ãd ð ô
Æ DIGITAL OUT
:STREAM •
:Off •
:MP3
:Off •
CD / PCM:
:PCM •
:Off •
:DownSampling
:On •
Ãd)« …—Uý« WMOŽ q¹eMð ÃU²% UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆwLd«
…—Uý« WMOŽ q¹eMð ÃU²% ô UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆwLd« Ãd)«
µ≥
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
Setting
Next Page
Test Tone
vKŽ v²ŠË qOK« ¡UMŁ« r C« uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
ÂUEMÐ uB« v« ŸUL²Ýô« bMŽ WEH M u …u Èu²
ÆwLd« w³Ëœ
jGC« WOUF oO³Dð b¹dð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
©ÆqOK« nB²M w bOH® WKU …—uBÐ
uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« b¹dð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
©ÆWOUFH« oO³Dð ÊËbЮ qU wJOUM¹œ Èb0 jO;«
0 msec dH s –ed*« WŽUL dOšQ²« XË qO− ²
vKŽ œułu*« “dOšQ²« XË j³{” r dE½« Æ5 msec v«
ÆWOU²« W×HB«
dH s – WOHK)« UŽUL K dOšQ²« XË qO− ²
“dOšQ²« XË j³{” r dE½« Æ15 msec v« 0 msec
ÆWOU²« W×HB« vKŽ œułu*«
j³{” r dE½« ÆWŽUL « j³C WOŽdH« ‡ WLzUI« ‰Ušœô
ÆWOU²« W×HB« vKŽ œułu*« “WŽUL «
WLG½ Ãd ðË Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ h×H« WLG½ WLzU dNEð
“ uB« j³{” r dE½« ÆVOðd²UÐ UŽUL « s h×H«
Æ≤≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
Æh×H« WLG½ Ãd ð ô ¨WKÒL× dOž W½«uDÝô« X½U «–« •
h׫ ¨ u UNM Ãd ¹ ô WŽULÝ œułË WUŠ w •
©Æ∑ Ë ∂ U×HB« dE½«® WŽUL « qOuð
Audio
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
:Off •
DVD W½«uDÝô«
7
l W½—UI ¨WOHK)« UŽUL «Ë ed*« WŽULÝ s «uô« dOšQð XË j³{«
Ë«ØË ed*« WŽULÝ v« WU *« X½U «–« ÆWOUô« UŽUL « s «uô«
UŽUL « s w¼ r WU *« fH½ w¼ ŸUL²Ýô« WDI½ s WOHK)« UŽUL «
Æ“0 ms (msec)” l{Ë d²š« ¨WOUô«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ
WOUô« WŽUL «
Èd O«
7
Right front
WOUô«
WŽUL «
speaker
vMLO«
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
VCR
TV VOL
d²3.0
≥\∞m
d²2.7≤\∑m
d²2.4≤[¥
m
m
d²2.1≤[±
8
0
DVD
Left front Subwoofer
speaker
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
CLEAR SETTINGFM MODE
9
ed*« WŽULÝ
Center speaker
4
REAR-R
wÐdŽ
dOšQ²« XË j³{
öOCH𠜫bŽ«
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
3/2/5/∞
ENTER
ENTER
CHOICE
WOHK)«Right
WŽUL «
rear
speaker
vMLO«
Left rear
WOHK)«
WŽUL «
speaker
Èd O«
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
SLOW
DOWN - TUNING - UP
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
WU *« w rÝ ≥∞ …œU¹“ dOšQ²« XË w 1 msec …œU¹“ qÐUIð
Language Picture
Audio
Subwoofer
Surround
Center
Front Speaker
On
Small
Small
Small
Setting
SURROUND
SLEEP
Ë “1 ms” l{Ë vKŽ C.Delay dOšQð XË j³{« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ∫‰U¦
Æ“3 ms” l{Ë vKŽ R.Delay
WŽUL « j³{
DSP
ZOOM
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
7
Rating
Return
bM³« «c¼ —UO²š« sJ1 ô
:Subwoofer
:Surround / Center / Front Speaker
pMJ1 ô® Æ UŽUL « jD V Š WŽUL « j³{ d²š«
Æ©WOUô« UŽUL K “Off” ·UI¹ô« l{Ë —UO²š«
WŽUL « ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆrÝ ±≤ s dG« WŽUL « qš«œ …œułu*« WOÞËd<«
Ë«ØË ed*« WŽULÝ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
«–« ÆWKLF² dOž Ë« Wuu dOž WOHK)« UŽUL «
UŽUL « l ÍœUŠô« —bB*UÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« œ—«
Æed*« WŽUL “Off” ·UI¹ô« l{Ë d²š« ¨WOUô«
ÆSetting WLzU v« lłd¹
:Small •
:Off •
:Return
µ¥
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
54
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
—UO²šô ∞ dýR*« —“ jG{«
Æ“Rating” nOMB²«
wÐdŽ
ENTER
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
Setting
µ
q¼ô« qH ©nOMBð® Èu² j³{
dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bOOIð pMJ1 ¨WHOþu« Ác¼ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
bŠ« ô Æp²KzUŽ œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« U½«uDÝô«Ë VŽ—
ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ ¡UG« - «–« ô≈ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð lOD² ¹
©ÆqHÝô« w —uc*« “W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹dײ” r dE½«®
Èu² UuKF vKŽ Íu²% w²« DVDs U½«uDÝô jI j³C« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹ •
Æ©«bOIð qô«® “8. Adult” v« ©«bOOIð d¦ô«® “1. Kid Safe” s ≠ nOMBð
Rating
1. Kid Safe
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s jI
ô ¨©Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ “
” …—Uýô« dNEð® q¼ô« qH d¹d% ÂbŽ WUŠ w •
Æ“Rating” nOMB²« —UO²š« pMJ1
lÐU²²UÐ ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« Èu² *« —UO²šô
ENTER
CENTER
1
TEST
WLK —UO²šô 5 dýR*« —“ jG{«
p– bFÐË ¨“Password” d «
WLK ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ©ÂU—« ¥® d «
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
SUBWOOFER
2
3
6
7
REAR-L
5
Èu² dÒOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w •
Æq¼ô« qH ©nOMBð®
4
REAR-R
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
d « WLK dOOG²
CENTER
3
REAR-L
5
TEST
j³{” ¡«dłô ¥ v« ± «uD)« bŽ«
Æ“q¼ô« qH ©nOMBð® Èu²
SUBWOOFER
2
4
REAR-R
6
7
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
8
rd« ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“ jG{«
—“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨©ÂU—« ¥® Íd «
Ò
ÆENTER ‰ušb«
qHI« …—Uý« v« “
ENTER
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
±
≤
ENTER
—UO²šô 3 dýR*« —«—“« jG{«
Æ“Rating” nOMB²«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
≥
ENTER
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ nOMB²« WLzU dNEð
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —UO²šô« WLzU dNEð
CHOICE
∑
qHI« …—Uý« v« “ ” qHI« p …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
Æq¼ô« qH Èu² dÒOG²¹Ë WLzUI« vKŽ ”“
ENTER
1
∂
ÆCHOICE —UO²šô« —“ jG{«
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
Rating
1. Kid Safe
7
±
≤
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
TEST
4
REAR-R
6
7
8
CLEAR SETTING
9
0
rd« ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“ jG{«
jG{« p– bFÐË ¨©ÂU—« ¥® Íd «
Ò
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“
qHI« pI …—Uý« v« “
” qHI« p …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
ÆWLzUI« vKŽ “ ”
¥
” qHI« …—Uý« dOG²ð
Ò
ÆWLzUI« vKŽ “ ”
Æ“1987”rd« qšœ« ¨d « WLK XO ½ «–« •
ENTER
Æ…b¹b'« d « WLK Êeš r²¹
Setting
Rating
Language Picture
Password
Rating
1. Kid Safe
Audio
Setting
Rating
****
1. Kid Safe
W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹dײ
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
––––
Setting
Rating
1. Kid Safe
7
iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨WKU …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH WHOþË Èu² j³Cð UbMŽ
Æ‚öÞô« vKŽ U½«uDÝô«
qH WHOþË d¹dײ d « WLK ‰Ušœô ÃU²% ¨ U½«uDÝô« q¦ qOGAð ‰ËU% UbMŽ
q¼ô« qH Ë “Password - - - -” d « WLK …—Uý« dNEð® ÆW²R …—uBÐ q¼ô«
WLK ‰Ušœ« q³ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð pMJ1 ô ©ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “Parental Locked”
ÆW×O×B« d «
q¼ô« qH …—Uý« dNEð ¨ «d ÀöŁ s d¦« ¨W¾ÞUš dÝ WLK XKšœ« «–«
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹Ë Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ “Parental Lock”
µµ
AR50-55/TH-A35.p65
Setting
55
23/5/03, 3:12 PM
Language Picture
Audio
Password
Rating
****
1. Kid Safe
Setting
Rating
JVC WŽUM X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOGAð
ÆÈdšô« JVC Wdý U−²M qOGA² UC¹« qÐ “UN'« «c¼ qOGA² jI fO bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
JVC Wdý WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð “UNł qOGA² ❏
CONTROL
TV
VCR
œułu*« CONTROL TV Êu¹eHK²UÐ rJײ« —“ jG{ bFÐ
vKŽ WOU²« öOGA²« qLŽ pMJ1 ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ
ÆÊu¹eHK²«
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
TV
VCR
CENTER
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ·UI¹«Ë qOGA²
:TV
Æ uB« …u Èu² q¹bF² :TV VOL +/–
u¹bO Ë« TV Êu¹eHKð U«® qšb« l{Ë j³C :TV/VIDEO
Æ©VIDEO
Æ…UMI« —UO²šô
:1 – 9, 0
Æ «uMI« dOOG² :1/ ¡
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
6
TEST
7
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
TV VOL +/–
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
CONTROL TV
4
REAR-R
VCR
TV VOL
TV/VIDEO
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
MENU
ENTER
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
CONTROL
TV
VCR
u¹bOH« XOÝU q− 0 rJײ« —“ jG{ bFÐ
¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« CONTROL VCR
ÆVCR u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1
ÆVCR u¹bOH« XOÝU q− ·UI¹«Ë qOGA²
Æ «uMI« dOOG²
XOÝU q− vKŽ TV Êu¹eHK²« «uM —UO²šô
ÆVCR u¹bOH«
ÆqOGA²« ¡b³
ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹ö
¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
Æ3 XR*« ·UI¹ô«ØqOGA²« —“ jG{«
ÆqO− ²« ¡b³ 3 —e« l —e« «c¼ jG{«
l{Ë w ‰ušbK 8 —e« l —e« «c¼ jG{«
—e« jG{« —e« d¹dײ ÆqO− ²K XR*« ·UI¹ô«
ÆWO½UŁ …d 8
ÆWŽd Ð ‡ j¹dA« .bI²
Æj¹dA« lOłd²
1/ ¡
SLOW
DOWN - TUNING - UP
ZOOM
JVC Wdý WŽUM s VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− qOGA² ❏
:VCR
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
:1/ ¡
:1 – 9, 0
CENTER
1
VCR
2
3
REAR-L
5
:3
:7
:8
7
0
DVD
FM/AM
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
TV
:REC(¶)
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
8
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
CONTROL VCR
4
REAR-R
6
TEST
VCR
SUBWOOFER
VCR
TV VOL
MUTING REC/MEMORY
REC
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
:¢
:4
∫ÂU¼
rJײ« —“ Ë« CONTROL TV Êu¹eHK²UÐ rJײ« —“ jGCð UbMŽ
…œułu*« —«—“ô« iFÐ qG²Aðô Ê« sJ1 ¨CONTROL VCR q− 0
Æ“UN'« qOGA² bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ
Ë« FM/AM Włu ¨DVD W½«uDÝô« —“ jG{« ¨“UN'« «c¼ qOGA²
ÆAUX
MENU
ENTER
3
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
8
7
4/ ¢
DOWN - TUNING - UP
SLOW
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
1/ ¡
ZOOM
µ∂
AR56-60/TH-A35.p65
56
23/5/03, 3:13 PM
wÐdŽ
Æ U−²M*« Ác¼ l WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—« •
ÆA œu vKŽ ◊u³C bFÐ sŽ rJײ« œu ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ VCR u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð Ác¼ rJײ« …bŠË lOD² ð ≠
Ædšô« “UN'« vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š ÁU&UÐ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË tÒłË ¨Èdšô« U−²M*« qOGA² •
Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s Êu¹eHK²« …eNł« qOGAð
Êu¹eHK²« qOGA² ‰UÝ—ô« «—Uý« dOOG²
wÐdŽ
ÆCONTROL TV —e« jG{«
ÆTV Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG{«
Æ0 Ë ¨1–9 —«—“ô« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WF½UB« WdA« …dHOý qšœ«
Æ7 —e« jG{«
ÆTV Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð —“ —dŠ
❏
s U½u¹eHK²« qOGA² bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
ÆÈdšô« UdA« WŽUM
Ʊ
Æ≤
Æ≥
Æ¥
Ƶ
Æ U−²M*« Ác¼ l WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—« •
ÁU&UÐ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË tÒłË ¨Èdšô« U−²M*« qOGA² •
Ædšô« “UN'« vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨Êô«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« ·UI¹«Ë qOGA²
:TV
Æ uB« …u Èu² q¹bF² :TV VOL +/–
u¹bO Ë« TV Êu¹eHKð U«® qšb« l{Ë j³C :TV/VIDEO
Æ©VIDEO
Æ…UMI« —UO²šô
:1 – 9, 0
Æ «uMI« dOOG² :1/ ¡
qOGAð —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ p½u¹eHKð qOGAð ‰ËUŠ Æ∂
ÆTV Êu¹eHK²«
XKšœ« p½« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð nu²¹ Ë« qG²A¹ UbMŽ
Æ`O×B« …dHOA« r—
STANDBY/ON
SOUND
AUDIO
TV
TV
VCR
CENTER
1
SUBWOOFER
2
3
REAR-L
5
CONTROL TV
4
REAR-R
6
7
TEST
CLEAR SETTING FM MODE
9
0
DVD
FM/AM
TV
TV VOL +/–
AUX PROGRESSIVE
TV/VIDEO SEARCH
CONTROL
VCR
TV VOL
ÂU—ô« —«—“«
8
TV/VIDEO
MUTING REC/MEMORY
AUDIO VOL
TOP
MENU
…dHOý q ‰ËUŠ ¨p½u¹eHK² …bŠ«Ë …dHOý s d¦« œułu ÊU «–«
ÆW×O×B« …dHOA« ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š
MENU
ENTER
Êu¹eHK²K Èdšô« UdA« «dHOý
«dHOA«
WF½UB« WdA«
01, 23, 24, 25
32
19
10
18
02
03
20
31
04, 11
02
05
12, 33, 34, 35
13, 16
06
07
26
08, 14
09
JVC
FUNAI
GRUNDIG
HITACHI
LG (GOLDSTAR)
MAGNAVOX
MITSUBISHI
NEC
NOKIA
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
RCA
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
ZENITH
7
CHOICE
ON SCREEN
DOWN - TUNING - UP
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLE
RETURN DIMMER
SURROUND
RM-STHA35U
DVD CINEMA SYSTEM
µ∑
57
DSP
ZOOM
SLEEP
w Æo³ —UFý« ÊËbÐ dOOG²K W{dF WF½UB« UdA« «dHOý
qOGAð Ác¼ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË lOD² ð ô ¨ «dHOA« dOOGð WUŠ
Æ“UN'«
AR56-60/TH-A35.p65
SLOW
23/5/03, 3:13 PM
1/ ¡
W½UOB«
WÞdý«Ë W−b*« U½«uDÝô« kHŠ« ¨“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
ÆWHOE½ …—uBÐ ULz«œ qOGA²« WÒO¬Ë XOÝUJ«
WUŽ UEŠö
“UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« lI³« X½U «–« ÆWLŽU½ ‘UL WFD ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ lI³« W«“« V−¹
p– bFÐË ¨¡U*UÐ nH Ë ‰œUF² nEM0 WKK³ ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ UN× « ¨W«“ô« W³F
ÆWUł ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« nÒE½Ë ` «
vKŽ WEU;« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« «c¼ s W¹œQð qC« vKŽ qB% ·uÝ ¨ÂUŽ qJAÐ
ÆnOE½ qJAÐ qOGA²« WÒO¬Ë W−b*« U½«uDÝô«
vKŽ Ë« sz«eš w rN½eš«Ë UN WBB<« k«u(« w W−b*« U½«uDÝô« l{ •
Æ÷dG« «cN WBB ·d—
ƉULF²Ýô« ÂbŽ WUŠ w WIKG W½«uDÝô« WOMO ÊuJð Ê« ULz«œ V−¹ •
ÆWMAš ‘UL WFDIÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô —
Æ…uIÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô —
Æs¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô —
ÆW¹dA(« «bO³*« q¦ …d¹UD² œ«u Í« “UN'« vKŽ lCð ô —
ÆWK¹uÞ …b* “UN−K W ö WOJO²ÝöÐ Ë« WOÞUD œ«u Í« ¡UI³Ð `L ð ô —
W−b*« U½«uDÝôUÐ W¹UMF«
“UN−K —d{ ‰uBŠË ¨Ã—U)« s “UN'« …œuł dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1 t½« U0 •
∫WOU²« —uö ÁU³²½ô« vłd¹ ¨tMŽ ÊuK« ‰«Ë“ Ë«
WDÝ«uÐ WEU(« s W½«uDÝô« Ÿe½« •
vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« ·«u(« s UNJ
ÆnOHš qJAÐ Íed*« VI¦«
ôË W½«uDÝô« s lö« `D « fLKð ô •
ÆW½«uDÝô« wMŁ ‰ËU%
‰ULF²Ýô« bFÐ UN²EUŠ v« W½«uDÝô« bŽ« •
ÆW−b*« W½«uDÝô« ŸbBðË ¡«u²« lM*
W½«uDÝô« `DÝ ‘bš ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½« •
ÆUN²EUŠ v« UNðœUŽ« bMŽ
WFý« v« W−b*« U½«uDÝô« ÷ÒdFð ô •
…—«d(« Uł—œ v« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA«
ÆWOUF« WÐuÞd« v« Ë« WOUF«
W½«uDÝô« nOEM²
s rOI² j Ð WLŽU½ ‘UL WFDIÐ UN× «
ÆWOł—U)« UN²UŠ v« W½«uDÝô« ed
”˃— UHEM q¦—W³¹c*« UHEM*« s U¹« qLF² ð ô
nOEM²—s¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« Ë« ‘Uýd« Ë« W¹œUO²Žô« qO− ²«
ÆW−b*« U½«uDÝô«
µ∏
AR56-60/TH-A35.p65
58
23/5/03, 3:13 PM
wÐdŽ
“UN'« nOEMð
“UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« lI³« •
Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y׳« qOœ
ÆJVC …eNł« Ubš ed l qBð« ¨UNKŠ pMJ1 ô WKJA W¹« œułË WUŠ w ÆWOuO« qOGA²« qUA qŠ vKŽ …bŽU *« qł« s ‰Ëb'« «c¼ qLF²Ý«
Õöô«
wÐdŽ
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Ãd Wײ qš«œ fÐUI« qšœ«
Æw Ozd« “UN'« s »d²« •
Æoz«uŽ Í« œułË VM& •
AUX Ë« FM/AM Ë« ¨DVD —“ jG{« •
©Æµ∂ W×H dE½«® Æ“UN'« qOGA²
qL²;« V³ «
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ‰uu dOž WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ
Ë« ¨WO Ozd« …bŠu« sŽ …bOFÐ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË •
ÆWO Ozd« …bŠu« u×½ WNłu dOž UN½«
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š oOF¹ ¡wý „UM¼ •
Ë« CONTROL VCR —e« jG{ - •
ÆCONTROL TV
WKJA*«
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð r²¹ ô
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qG²Að ô
Æ U¹—UD³« ‰bÐÒ •
ÆWž—U W¹—UD³« •
Æ`O× qJAÐ U¹—UD³« qšœ« •
Æ(+/–) ¡vÞUš l{uÐ W¹—UD³« »UD« VOdð - •
Æ…dýU³*« fLA« WFý« sŽ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË bFЫ •
ÆnýUJ« vKŽ …dýU³ fLA« WFý« jI ð •
ÆWŽUL « pKÝ qOuð bŽ« •
ÆWŽUL « pKÝ w lD błu¹ •
Æ u błu¹ ô
©Æ∏ W×H dE½«® ÆW×O× …—uBÐ pK « qË« •
Æ`O× qJAÐ ‰uu dOž uB« pKÝ •
©Æ±∏ v«±≤ U×HB« dE½«® Æ`O×B« —bB*« d²š« •
Æ`O× dOž —bB —UO²š« - •
r² ¡UGô MUTING uB« r² WHOþË —“ jG{« •
ÆqOGAð l{Ë w uB« r² WHOþË •
Æ uB«
ÆW½«uDÝô« dOž
Ò •
ÆWþuH× ‡ a ½ ‚uIŠ «– CD W½«uDÝ« •
©Æ∑ W×H dE½«® ÆW×O× …—uBÐ pK « qË« •
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ‰uu dOž WŽUL « pKÝ •
Æ…bŠ«Ë WŽULÝ s jI uB« Ãd ¹
©Æπ W×H dE½«® ÆW×O× …—uBÐ pK « qË« •
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ‰uu dOž …—uB« pKÝ •
Æ…—u błu¹ ô
Æ`O×B« qšb« d²š« •
Æ`O× dOž Êu¹eHK²« qšœ —UO²š« •
©Æ≤¥ W×H dE½«® ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰bÐÒ • ÆWI«u² dOž WIDM*« …dHOý r—Ë “UN'« …dHOý r— •
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô
qH ©nOMBð® Èu² dOOG² ÍÒd « rd« qšœ« • qH ©nOMBð® Èu² QDš ‰uBŠ W½«uDÝô« V³ ð •
©Æµµ W×H dE½«® Æq¼ô«
Æq¼ô«
ÆW½«uDÝô« dOž
Ò • W½«uDÝ« U—uHÐ WK− dOž CD-R/RW W½«uDÝ« • vKŽ “Error” W½«uDÝô« U—u QDš …—U³Ž dNE²1
ÆJPEG Ë« ¨MP3 Ë« ¨WOðu CD
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý
ÆW½«uDÝô« nE½
Ò •
ÆW ² W½«uDÝô« •
ÆÁuA uB«Ë …—uB«
Æ…dýU³ Êu¹eHK²« l WO Ozd« …bŠu« qË« • …bŠu« 5Ð ‰uu VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− błu¹ •
ÆÊu¹eHK²«Ë WO Ozd«
XO³¦²«ØXR*« ·UI¹ô« Ë« “Field” qI(« l{Ë d²š« •
XO³¦²«ØXR*« ·UI¹ô« l{Ë ÊuJ¹ ô Ê« sJ0 •
ÆÁuA Wdײ*« …—uB«
©Æµ≤ W×H dE½«® Æ“Pause/Still”
W½«uDÝö W³ÝUM …—uBÐ ◊u³C “Pause/Still”
ÆWOU(«
dE½«® ÆW×O× …—uBÐ V«d*« u½ j³{« •
Æ`O× dOž ©V«d*« Ÿu½® wU(« œ«bŽù« •
Æ…œuIH u¹bOH« …—u WUŠ
©Æµ≤ W×H
pÐUA²*« ` *« l{Ë vKŽ ` *« l{Ë dOž
Ò •
w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë vKŽ ◊u³C ` *« l{Ë •
Ë« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W{ËdF …—u błu¹ ô
©Æ±± W×H dE½«® Æ“INTERLACE”
rŽb¹ ô Êu¹eHKð l ‰uu “UN'«Ë “P-SCAN”
5L v« Wu I …—uB« Ë« ¨W DK …—uB«
ÆÍœUF« Êu¹eHK²« q¦ w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ
Ë« ¨©µ W×H dE½«® wł—Uš FM Włu wz«u¼ qË« •
Æ«bł WHOF{ WK³I² *« …—Uýô« • ÆFM Włu YÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« q«u² wJOðU²Ý g¹uAð
ÆwK;« pKOLFÐ qBð«
ÆÈdš« WD× d²š« •
Æ«bł …bOFÐ WD;« •
©Æµ W×H dE½«® ÆqOu²« h׫ •
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ‰uu dOž wz«uN« •
WUD« fÐU Ÿe½«Ë ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB« • Ë« ‚d³« V³ Ð dðuO³LËdJO*« qOGA²Ð qš«bð błu¹ •
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ “UN'« qG²A¹ ô
WUD« Ãd Wײ qš«œ tKOuð bŽ« rŁ WOzUÐdNJ«
Æw½Ëd²Jô« g¹uA²«
ÆWOzUÐdNJ«
UŽUÝ …bŽ …bŠu« „dð«Ë ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB« •
v« …dýU³ …bŠu« qI½ - ¨WdG« W¾bð ¡bÐ bFÐ •
ÆWO½UŁ …d WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð q³
qš«œ ¡ULK nŁUJð s¹uJð p– V³ ¹ YOŠ œ—UÐ ÊUJ
Æ…bŠu«
u¹bOH« XOÝU q− 0 rJײ« —“ jG{« • q− öOGA² WÞu³C dOž bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË • WDÝ«uÐ VCR u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð sJ1 ô
u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGA² CONTROLVCR
ÆVCR u¹bOH« XOÝU
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
©Æµ∂ W×H dE½«® ÆVCR
XOÝU q− qOGAð Ác¼ rJײ« …bŠË lOD² ð • Wdý U−²M s fO VCR u¹bOH« XOÝU q− •
ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ JVC Wdý WŽUM s VCR u¹bOH«
ÆJVC
ÆA œu vKŽ ◊u³C bFÐ sŽ rJײ« œu
µπ
AR56-60/TH-A35.p65
59
23/5/03, 3:13 PM
UH«u*«
rÝ ±∂
∫WŽUL «
UO ODMG WÐu−× ¨fJKH¹— ‡ ’UÐ
◊«Ë ±∞∞
∫WUD« ‰ULF²Ý« WFÝ
©bŠ q«® ÂË« ±∞
∫WF½UL*«
eðd¼ ≤∞∞ v« eðd¼ ≤µ
∫œœd²« Èb
3 ≥¥± ™ 3 ≥≥∞ ™ 3 ≤∞≤ ∫©oLŽ ™ ŸUHð—« ™ ÷dŽ® œUFÐô«
r− ¥[∏
∫WK²J«
(SP-THA35F) X¹ôU² «
UŽULÝ
rÝ ∏
∫ UŽUL «
UO OÞUMG WÐu−× ¨fJKH¹— ‡ ’UÐ
◊«Ë ¥µ
∫WUD« ‰ULF²Ý« WFÝ
©bŠ q«® ÂË« ∂
∫WF½UL*«
eðd¼ uKO ≤∞ v« eðd¼ π∞
∫œœd²« Èb
3 π≤ ™ 3 π∑[µ ™ 3 π≤ ∫©oLŽ ™ ŸUHð—« ™ ÷dŽ® œUFÐô«
«dž ∂µ∞
∫WK²J«
(XV-THA35) WO Ozd« …bŠu«
uB« r C r
∫WOHKšØedØWOU«
l ¨eðd¼ uKO ± œœd²Ð ÂË« ∂ vKŽ RMS bŠ q« ¨…UM qJ ◊«Ë ¥µ
Æ• ±∞ sŽ b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð g¹uAð
∫WOŽdH« ‡ dH¹u« WŽULÝ
g¹uAð l ¨eðd¼ ±∞∞ œœd²Ð ÂË« ±∞ vKŽ RMS bŠ q« ¨◊«Ë ±∞∞
Æ• ±∞ sŽ b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð
uB« r
©eðd¼ uKO ± vKŽ® WF½UL*«Ø uB« qšœ WOÝU Š
∫dþUM²*« qšb«
ÂË« uKO ¥∑ØXu wKO µ∞∞ ∫AUX (“AUX IN”)
∫*wLd« qšb«
:DIGITAL IN (OPTICAL)
q³ ¹œ ±µ ≠ q³ ¹œ ≤± ≠
©d²u½U½ ≥∞ ± d²u½U½ ∂∂∞®
DTS wLd« jO;« uB« ¨wLd« w³Ëœ ¨wD)« PCM ÂUE½ l oÐUD² *
©eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[± ¨eðd¼ uKO ≥≤ ≠ WMOŽ œœdð l®
∫Ãd)« qšb«
Æo³ —UFý« ÊËbÐ dOOG²K W{dF UH«u*«Ë rOLB²«
:DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL)
q³ ¹œ ±µ ≠ q³ ¹œ ≤± ≠
©d²u½U½ ≥∞ ± d²u½U½ ∂∂∞®
u¹bOH« r
NTSC / PAL
∫ÊuK« ÂUE½
` *« l{Ë 5Ð ` *« l{Ë —UO²š« sJ1 ¨NTSC ÂUE½ U½«uDÝô
l{Ë jI du²¹ ¨PAL ÂUE½ U½«uDÝô Æw−¹—b²« ` *«Ë pÐUA²*«
ÆpÐUA²*« ` *«
jš ¥∏∞ ∫wIô« qOKײ«
q³ ¹œ ∂∏ ∫ZO−C« v« …—Uýô« W³ ½
Ãd)« Èu²
ÂË« ∑µØ ±[∞ V (p-p) ∫ ©Vd® VIDEO
ÂË« ∑µØ±[∞ V (p-p) ∫S-VIDEO (Y)
ÂË« ∑µØ∞[≤∏∂ mV (p-p) ∫(C)
©X½U½u³LJ« Ãdš® COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
ÂË« ∑µØ±[∞ V (p-p) ∫Y
ÂË« ∑µØ∞[∑ V (p-p) ∫PB/PR
eðd¼ U−O ±∞∏[∞∞ v« eðd¼ U−O ∏∑[µ∞ ∫FM
eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞≤ v« eðd¼ uKO µ≥±∫ AM
©eðd¼ uKO π …UM qU vKŽ®
eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞∞ v« eðd¼ uKO µ≥∞
©eðd¼ uKO ±∞ …UM qU vKŽ®
¨CD u¹bO ¨DVD VIDEO U½«uDÝ«
CD-R/RW ¨CD u ¨CD u¹bO dÐuÝ
¨CD u¹bO dÐuÝ ¨CD u¹bO ¨CD u®
¨©JPEG U½«uDÝô Ë MP3 U½«uDÝô
©u¹bO U—u® DVD-R
≤≤∞ØXu ±≤∑ ≠ Xu ±±∞ AC œœd² —UOð
n«u*« r
nOu²« Èb
ÂUŽ
∫…¡«dIK WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô«
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« U³KD²
WDÝ«uÐ q¹bF²K qÐU ¨ Xu ≤¥∞ ≠ Xu
eðd¼ ∂∞ص∞ ¨WODuH« V ²M
©qOGA²« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ±∏∞
∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« „öN²Ý«
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ≤
3 ≥∂∞ ™ 3 ∂µ ™ 3 ≥∂∞ ∫©oLŽ ™ ŸUHð—« ™ ÷dŽ® œUFÐô«
r− ∂[∂
∫WK²J«
∂∞
AR56-60/TH-A35.p65
60
26/5/03, 5:46 PM
wÐdŽ
(SP-WA35) WOŽdH« ‡ dH¹u« WŽULÝ
Mains (AC) Line Instruction (not applicable for Europe, U.S.A., Canada,
Australia and U.K.)
CENTER
SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
REAR
SPEAKERS
RIGHT
FRONT
SPEAKERS
LEFT
RIGHT
ANALOG
IN
LEFT
VIDEO OUT
AC IN
L
VIDEO
A
N
T
E
N
N
A
COAXIAL
FM 75
AM
EXT
AM LOOP
R
S-VIDEO
DIGITAL DIGITAL
IN
OUT
AUX
Y
PB
PR
CONPONENT VIDEO OUT
CAUTION for mains (AC) line
BEFORE PLUGGING IN, do check that your mains (AC)
line voltage corresponds with the position of the voltage
selector switch provided on the outside of this equipment
and, if different, reset the voltage selector switch, to
prevent from a damage or risk of fire/electric shock.
VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
EN, AR
© 2003 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
TH-A35[UG]cover.pm6
2
V
J
03.5.19, 2:46 PM
C
0503TMMMDWBET
Instructions
DVD DIGITAL CINEMA SYSTEM
TH-A35
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2003:05:19 14:49:50 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Macintosh Author : JVC Creator : PageMaker 6.0 Title : TH-A35[UG] Modify Date : 2003:05:27 11:28:46+09:00 Subject : LVT1009-009A Page Count : 126 Page Mode : UseThumbs Page Layout : SinglePageEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools